Document
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
or
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                to                               
Commission File No. 001-7784
 
ctllogo1a01.jpg
CENTURYLINK, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Louisiana
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
72-0651161
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
71203
(Zip Code)
(318) 388-9000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Stock Options
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý        No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o        No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý        No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý        No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ý
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o        No ý
On February 16, 2017, 546,575,404 shares of common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2016 was $15.7 billion.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement to be furnished in connection with the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this annual report.

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 

2


Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this annual report on Form 10-K, for all periods presented, to "CenturyLink," "we," "us" and "our" refer to CenturyLink, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
We are an integrated communications company engaged primarily in providing an array of services to our residential and business customers. Our communications services include local and long-distance voice, broadband, Multi-Protocol Label Switching ("MPLS"), private line (including special access), Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), data integration, video, network, public access, Voice over Internet Protocol ("VoIP"), information technology and other ancillary services. We strive to maintain our customer relationships by, among other things, bundling our service offerings to provide our customers with a complete offering of integrated communications services.
Based on our approximately 11.1 million total access lines at December 31, 2016, we believe we are the third largest wireline telecommunications company in the United States. We operate 74% of our total access lines in portions of Colorado, Arizona, Washington, Minnesota, Florida, North Carolina, Oregon, Iowa, Utah, New Mexico, Missouri, and Idaho. We also provide local service in portions of Nevada, Wisconsin, Ohio, Virginia, Texas, Nebraska, Pennsylvania, Alabama, Montana, Indiana, Arkansas, Wyoming, Tennessee, New Jersey, South Dakota, North Dakota, Kansas, South Carolina, Louisiana, Michigan, Illinois, Georgia, Mississippi, Oklahoma, and California. In the portion of these 37 states where we have access lines, which we refer to as our local service area, we are the incumbent local telephone company.
At December 31, 2016, we served approximately 5.9 million broadband subscribers and 325 thousand Prism TV subscribers. We also operate 58 data centers throughout North America, Europe and Asia.
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Louisiana in 1968. Our principal executive offices are located at 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203 and our telephone number is (318) 388-9000.
For a discussion of certain risks applicable to our business, see "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report. The summary financial information in this section should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.
Pending Transactions
Pending Acquisition of Level 3
On October 31, 2016, we entered into a definitive merger agreement under which we propose to acquire Level 3 Communications, Inc. (“Level 3”) in a cash and stock transaction. Under the terms of the agreement, Level 3 shareholders will receive $26.50 per share in cash and 1.4286 of CenturyLink shares for each share of Level 3 common stock they own at closing. CenturyLink shareholders are expected to own approximately 51% and Level 3 shareholders are expected to own approximately 49% of the combined company at closing. On December 31, 2016, Level 3 had outstanding $10.9 billion of long-term debt.
Completion of the transaction is subject to the receipt of regulatory approvals, including the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act, as well as approvals from the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") and certain state regulatory authorities. The transaction is also subject to the approval of CenturyLink and Level 3 shareholders at meetings scheduled to be held on March 16, 2017, as well as other customary closing conditions. Subject to these conditions, we anticipate closing this transaction by the end of the third quarter 2017. If the merger agreement is terminated under certain circumstances, we may be obligated to pay Level 3 a termination fee of $472 million, or Level 3 may be obligated to pay CenturyLink a termination fee of $738 million.
See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Pending Acquisition of Level 3" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report, for additional information concerning our pending acquisition of Level 3. Additional information about Level 3 is included in documents filed by it with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").
The foregoing description of the pending Level 3 acquisition is not complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus filed with the SEC by us on February 13, 2017.

3


Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers
On November 3, 2016, we entered into a definitive stock purchase agreement to sell our data centers and colocation business to a consortium led by BC Partners, Inc. and Medina Capital ("the Purchaser") in exchange for cash and a minority stake in the consortium's newly-formed global secure infrastructure company. During 2016, as a result of the pending sale, the assets to be sold to the Purchaser have been reclassified as assets held for sale in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Additionally, the liabilities to be assumed by the Purchaser have been reclassified and presented as current liabilities associated with assets held for sale on our consolidated balance sheet. The sale is subject to regulatory approvals, including a review by the Committee of Foreign Investments in the United States, as well as other customary closing conditions. This transaction will result in the Purchaser acquiring 57 data centers. This business generated revenues of $622 million, $626 million and $643 million (excluding revenue with affiliates) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively (a small portion of which will be retained by us). Based on certain estimates and assumptions regarding the closing date and various tax matters, we currently project that the net cash proceeds from the divestiture will be approximately $1.5 billion to $1.7 billion. We plan to use a portion of these net cash proceeds to partly fund our acquisition of Level 3.
See Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information on this pending sale.
The foregoing description of the pending sale of our data centers and colocation business is not complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 7, 2016.
Financial and Operational Highlights
The following table summarizes the results of our consolidated operations:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016(1)(2)
 
2015(1)
 
2014(3)
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated statements of operations summary results:
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
17,470

 
17,900

 
18,031

Operating expenses
15,139

 
15,295

 
15,621

Operating income
$
2,331

 
2,605

 
2,410

Net income
$
626

 
878

 
772

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
During 2016 and 2015, we recognized an incremental $201 million and $215 million, respectively, of revenue associated with the FCC's Connect America Fund Phase 2 support program as compared to the interstate USF program. For additional information, see Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
(2) 
During 2016, we recognized $189 million of severance expenses and other one-time termination benefits associated with our workforce reductions and $52 million of expenses related to our pending acquisition of Level 3.
(3) 
During 2014, we recognized a $60 million tax benefit associated with a deduction for the tax basis for worthless stock in a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary and a $63 million pension settlement charge.
The following table summarizes certain selected financial information from our consolidated balance sheets:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Consolidated balance sheets summary information:
 
 
 
Total assets
$
47,017

 
47,604

Total long-term debt(1)
19,993

 
20,225

Total stockholders' equity
13,399

 
14,060

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Total long-term debt is the sum of current maturities of long-term debt, capital lease obligations of $305 million (associated with the pending sale of colocation business and data centers) included in current liabilities associated with assets held for sale and long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheets. For additional information on our total long-term debt, see Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. For information on our total obligations, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Future Contractual Obligations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.

4


The following table summarizes certain of our operational metrics:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(in thousands except for data centers, which are actuals)
Operational metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
Total access lines(1)
11,090

 
11,748

 
12,394

Total broadband subscribers(1)
5,945

 
6,048

 
6,082

Total Prism TV subscribers
325

 
285

 
242

Total data centers(2)
58

 
59

 
58

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Access lines are lines reaching from the customers' premises to a connection with the public network and broadband subscribers are customers that purchase broadband connection service through their existing telephone lines, stand-alone telephone lines, or fiber-optic cables. Our methodology for counting our access lines and broadband subscribers includes only those lines that we use to provide services to external customers and excludes lines used solely by us and our affiliates. It also excludes unbundled loops and includes stand-alone broadband subscribers. We count lines when we install the service.
(2) 
We define a data center as any facility where we market, sell and deliver either colocation services, multi-tenant managed services, or both. Our data centers are located in North America, Europe and Asia.
Our methodology for counting access lines, broadband subscribers, Prism TV subscribers and data centers may not be comparable to those of other companies.
Substantially all of our long-lived assets are located in the United States and substantially all of our total consolidated operating revenues are from customers located in the United States. We estimate that approximately 1% of our consolidated revenues is derived from providing telecommunications, colocation and hosting services outside the United States.
Operations
Segments
We are organized into operating segments based on customer type, business and consumer. These operating segments are our two reportable segments in our consolidated financial statements:
Business Segment. Consists generally of providing strategic, legacy and data integration products and services to small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, including other communication providers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our MPLS, Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), broadband, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services. Our legacy services offered to these customers primarily include local and long-distance voice, including the sale of unbundled network elements ("UNEs"), private line (including special access), switched access and other ancillary services. Our data integration offerings include the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers' premises and related products and professional services, all of which are described further below under the heading "Products and Services"; and
Consumer Segment. Consists generally of providing strategic and legacy products and services to residential customers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our broadband, video (including our Prism TV services) and other ancillary services. Our legacy services offered to these customers include local and long-distance voice and other ancillary services.

5


The following table shows the composition of our operating revenues by segment under our current segment categorization for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Percent Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016 vs 2015
 
2015 vs 2014
Percentage of revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business segment
59
%
 
59
%
 
61
%
 
%
 
(2
)%
Consumer segment
34
%
 
34
%
 
33
%
 
%
 
1
 %
Other operating revenues
7
%
 
7
%
 
6
%
 
%
 
1
 %
Total operating revenues
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
 
 
 

For additional information on our segment data, including information on certain centrally-managed assets and expenses not reflected in our segment results, see Note 14—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.
In January 2017, we announced to our employees an organizational change designed to better align our customer-facing organizations into three business units: consumer; enterprise and IT and managed services. These organizations will be fully integrated with sales, marketing and service delivery support teams to enable faster decision-making, market responsiveness and deeper accountability. We implemented this organization change to create greater focus on the customer experience in each business unit and accelerate strategic revenue growth.
Products and Services
From time to time, we change the categorization of our products and services, and we may make similar changes in the future. During the second quarter of 2016, we determined that because of declines due to customer migration to other strategic products and services, certain of our business low-bandwidth data services, specifically our private line (including special access) services in our business segment, are more closely aligned with our legacy services than with our strategic services. As described in greater detail in Note 14—Segment Information, these operating revenues are now reflected as legacy services.
Our products and services include local and long-distance voice, broadband, MPLS, private line (including special access), Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), data integration, video, network, public access, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services.
We offer our customers the ability to bundle together several products and services. For example, we offer integrated and unlimited local and long-distance voice services. Our customers can also bundle two or more services such as broadband, video (including DIRECTV through our strategic partnership), voice and Verizon Wireless (through our strategic partnership) services. We believe our customers value the convenience and price discounts associated with receiving multiple services through a single company.
Most of our products and services are provided using our telecommunications network, which consists of voice and data switches, copper cables, fiber-optic cables and other equipment. Our network serves approximately 11.1 million access lines and forms a portion of the public switched telephone network, or PSTN. For more information on our network, see “Business—Network Architecture” below.

6


Described in greater detail below are our key products and services.
Strategic Services
We primarily focus our marketing and sales efforts on our “strategic” services, which are those services for which demand generally remains strong and that we believe are most important to our future performance. Generally speaking, our strategic services enable our customers to access the Internet, connect to private networks and transmit data, and enhance the security, reliability and efficiency of our customers’ communications. Our strategic services are comprised of the following:
Broadband. Our broadband services allow customers to connect at high speeds to the Internet through their existing telephone lines or fiber-optic cables. Substantially all of our broadband subscribers are located within the local service area of our wireline telephone operations;
MPLS. Multi-Protocol Label Switching is a standards-approved data networking technology that we provide to support real-time voice and video transmission services. This technology allows network operators flexibility to divert and route traffic around link failures, congestion and bottlenecks;
Ethernet. Ethernet services include point-to-point and multi-point equipment configurations that facilitate data transmissions across metropolitan areas and wide area networks. Ethernet services are also used to provide transmission services to wireless service providers that use our fiber-optic cables connected to their towers;
Colocation. Colocation services enable our customers to install their own IT equipment in our data centers;
Managed Hosting. Managed hosting includes provision of centralized IT infrastructure and a variety of managed services including cloud and traditional computing, application management, back-up, storage, and other advanced services including planning, design, implementation and support services;
Video. Our video services include our facilities-based video, marketed as CenturyLink Prism TV, which is a premium entertainment service that allows our customers to watch hundreds of television or cable channels and record up to four shows on one home digital video recorder. We also offer satellite digital television under an arrangement with DIRECTV that allows us to market, sell and bill for its services under its brand name;
VoIP. Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, is a real-time, two-way voice communication service (similar to our traditional voice services) that originates over a broadband connection and often terminates on the PSTN; and
Managed Services. Managed services represents a blend of network, hosting, cloud, and IT services that typically require ongoing support from our staff. These services frequently involve equipment or networks owned, acquired or controlled by the customer and often include consulting or software development.
Legacy Services
Our "legacy" services represent our traditional voice, data and network services, which include the following:
Local Voice Services. We offer local calling services for our residential and business customers within the local service area of our wireline markets, generally for a fixed monthly charge. These services include a number of enhanced calling features and other services, such as call forwarding, caller identification, conference calling, voice mail, selective call ringing and call waiting, for which we generally charge an additional monthly fee. We also generate revenues from non-recurring services, such as inside wire installation, maintenance services, service activation and reactivation. For our wholesale customers, our local calling service offerings include primarily the resale of our voice services and the sale of UNEs, which allow our wholesale customers to use all or part of our network to provide voice and data services to their customers. Local calling services provided to our wholesale customers allow other telecommunications companies the ability to originate or terminate telecommunications services on our network;
Long-distance Voice Services. We offer our residential and business customers domestic and international long-distance services and toll-free services. Our international long-distance services include voice calls that either terminate or originate with our customers in the United States;
Private Line. A private line (including special access) is a direct circuit or channel specifically dedicated for the purpose of directly connecting two or more sites. Private line service offers a high-speed, secure solution for frequent transmission of large amounts of data between sites, including wireless backhaul transmissions;
Switched Access Services. As part of our wholesale services, we provide various forms of switched access services to wireline and wireless service providers for the use of our facilities to originate and terminate their interstate and intrastate voice transmissions;

7


ISDN. We offer integrated services digital network ("ISDN") services, which use regular telephone lines to support voice, video and data applications; and
WAN. We offer wide area network ("WAN") services, which allow a local communications network to link to networks in remote locations.
Data Integration
Data integration includes the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers' premises and related products and professional services. These services include network management, installation and maintenance of data equipment and the building of proprietary fiber-optic broadband networks for our governmental and business customers.
Other Operating Revenues
Other operating revenues consist primarily of Connect America Fund ("CAF") support payments, Universal Service Fund ("USF") support payments and USF surcharges. We receive federal support payments from both Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the CAF program, and support payments from both federal and state USF programs. These support payments are government subsidies designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services, including the costs of deploying, maintaining and operating voice and broadband infrastructure in high-cost rural areas where we are not able to fully recover our costs from our customers. We also collect USF surcharges based on specific items we list on our customers' invoices to fund the Federal Communications Commission's ("FCC") universal service programs. We also generate other operating revenues from the leasing and subleasing of space in our office buildings, warehouses and other properties. Because we centrally manage the activities that generate these other operating revenues, these revenues are not included in our segment revenues.
Additional Information
From time to time, we also make investments in other communications or technology companies.
For further information on regulatory, technological and competitive changes that could impact our revenues, see "Regulation" and "Competition" under this Item 1 below and "Risk Factors" under Item 1A below. For more information on the financial contributions of our various services, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.
Patents, Trade Names, Trademarks and Copyrights
Either directly or through our subsidiaries, we have rights in various patents, trade names, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property necessary to conduct our business, such as our CenturyLink® and Prism® brand names. Our services often use the intellectual property of others, including licensed software. We also occasionally license our intellectual property to others as we deem appropriate.
We periodically receive offers from third parties to purchase or obtain licenses for patents and other intellectual property rights in exchange for royalties or other payments. We also periodically receive notices, or are named in lawsuits, alleging that our products or services infringe on patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties. In certain instances, these matters can potentially adversely impact our operations, operating results or financial position. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business” in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report, and Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
Sales and Marketing
We maintain local offices in most of the larger population centers within our local service area. These offices provide sales and customer support services in the community. We also rely on our call center personnel and a variety of channel partners to promote sales of services that meet the needs of our customers. Our sales and marketing strategy is to enhance our sales by offering solutions tailored to the needs of our various customers and promoting our brands. Our offerings include both stand-alone services and bundled services designed to meet the needs of different customer segments.
We conduct most of our operations under the brand name "CenturyLink." Our satellite television service is offered on a co-branded basis under the "DIRECTV" name. Our switched digital television service offering is branded under the name "Prism TV." The wireless service that we offer under our agency agreement with Verizon Wireless is marketed under the "Verizon Wireless" brand name.

8


Our sales and marketing approach to our residential customers emphasizes customer-oriented sales, marketing and service with a local presence. Our marketing plans include marketing our products and services primarily through direct sales representatives, inbound call centers, local retail stores, telemarketing and third parties, including retailers, satellite television providers, door to door sales agents and digital marketing firms. We support our distribution with digital marketing, direct mail, bill inserts, newspaper and television advertising, website promotions, public relations activities and sponsorship of community events and sports venues.
Similarly, our sales and marketing approach to our business customers includes a commitment to provide comprehensive communications and IT solutions for business, wholesale and governmental customers of all sizes, ranging from small offices to select enterprise customers. We strive to offer our business customers stable, reliable, secure and trusted solutions. Our marketing plans include marketing our products and services primarily through digital advertising, direct sales representatives, inbound call centers, telemarketing and third parties, including telecommunications agents, system integrators, value-added resellers and other telecommunications firms. We support our distribution through digital advertising, events, television advertising, website promotions and public relations.
Network Architecture
Most of our products and services are provided using our telecommunications network, which consists of voice switches, data switches and routers, high-speed transport equipment, fiber-optic and copper cables and other equipment. Our local exchange carrier networks also include central offices and remote site assets. A substantial portion of our equipment operates with licensed software. As of December 31, 2016, we maintained approximately 1 million miles of copper plant and approximately 265 thousand miles of domestic fiber-optic plant.
We continue to enhance and expand our network by deploying broadband-enabled technologies to provide additional capacity to our customers. Rapid and significant changes in technology are expected to continue in the telecommunications industry. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and adapt to changes in customer demands and technology. In particular, we anticipate that continued increases in broadband usage by our customers will require us to make significant capital expenditures to increase network capacity or to implement network management practices to alleviate network capacity shortages. The FCC's definition of "broadband service" could create additional requirements for higher capital spending to address marketing and competitive issues. Any such additional expenditures could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Similarly, we continue to take steps to simplify and modernize our network. To attain our objectives, we plan to continue to undertake several complex projects that we expect will be costly and take several years to complete. The costs of these projects could increase materially if we conclude that we need to replace any or all of our legacy systems.
Like other large telecommunications companies, we are a constant target of cyber-attacks of varying degrees, which has caused us to spend increasingly more time and money to deal with increasingly sophisticated attacks. Some of the attacks result in security breaches, and we periodically notify our customers, our employees or the public of these breaches when necessary or appropriate. None of these resulting security breaches to date have materially adversely affected our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We rely on several other communications companies to provide our offerings. We lease a significant portion of our core fiber network from our competitors and other third parties. Many of these leases will lapse in future years. All of our satellite television and wireless voice services are provided by other carriers under agency agreements, and some of our other services are reliant upon reselling arrangements with other carriers. Our future ability to provide services on the terms of our current offerings will depend in part upon our ability to renew or replace these leases, agreements and arrangements on terms substantially similar to those currently in effect.
For additional information regarding our systems, network, cyber risks, capital expenditure requirements and reliance upon third parties, see "Risk Factors," generally, in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report, and, in particular, "Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business" and "Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources." For more information on our properties, see "Properties" in Item 2 of Part I of this annual report.

9


Regulation
Overview
As discussed further below, our operations are subject to significant local, state, federal and foreign laws and regulations.
We are subject to significant regulation by the FCC, which regulates interstate communications, and state utility commissions, which regulate intrastate communications. These agencies (i) issue rules to protect consumers and promote competition, (ii) set the rates that telecommunication companies charge each other for exchanging traffic, and (iii) have traditionally developed and administered support programs designed to subsidize the provision of services to high-cost rural areas. In most states, local voice service, switched and special access services and interconnection services are subject to price regulation, although the extent of regulation varies by type of service and geographic region. In addition, we are required to maintain licenses with the FCC and with state utility commissions. Laws and regulations in many states restrict the manner in which a licensed entity can interact with affiliates, transfer assets, issue debt and engage in other business activities. Many acquisitions and divestitures require approval by the FCC and some state commissions. These agencies typically have the authority to withhold their approval, or to request or impose substantial conditions upon the transacting parties in connection with granting their approvals.
The following description discusses some of the major industry regulations that affect our traditional telephone operations, but numerous other regulations not discussed below could also impact us. Some legislation and regulations are currently the subject of judicial, legislative and administrative proceedings which could substantially change the manner in which the telecommunications industry operates and the amount of revenues we receive for our services. Neither the outcome of these proceedings, nor their potential impact on us, can be predicted at this time. For additional information, see "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
The laws and regulations governing our affairs are quite complex and occasionally in conflict with each other. From time to time, we are fined for failing to meet applicable regulations or service requirements.
Federal Regulation
General
We are required to comply with the Communications Act of 1934. Among other things, this law requires our incumbent local exchange carriers ("ILECs") to offer various of our legacy services at just and reasonable rates and on non-discriminatory terms. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 materially amended the Communications Act of 1934, primarily to promote competition.
The FCC regulates interstate services we provide, including the special access charges we bill for wholesale network transmission and the interstate access charges that we bill to long-distance companies and other communications companies in connection with the origination and termination of interstate phone calls. Additionally, the FCC regulates a number of aspects of our business related to privacy, homeland security and network infrastructure, including our access to and use of local telephone numbers and our provision of emergency 911 services. The FCC has responsibility for maintaining and administering support programs designed to expand nationwide access to communications services (which are described further below), as well as other programs supporting service to low-income households, schools and libraries, and rural health care providers. Changes in the composition of the five members of the FCC or its Chairman can have significant impacts on the regulation of our business.
In recent years, our operations and those of other telecommunications carriers have been further impacted by legislation and regulation imposing additional obligations on us, particularly with regards to providing voice and broadband service, bolstering homeland security, increasing disaster recovery requirements, minimizing environmental impacts and enhancing privacy. These laws include the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, and laws governing local telephone number portability and customer proprietary network information requirements. In addition, the FCC has heightened its focus on the reliability of emergency 911 services. The FCC has imposed fines on us and other companies for 911 outages and has adopted new compliance requirements for providing 911 service. We are incurring capital and operating expenses designed to comply with the FCC's new requirements and minimize future outages. All of these laws and regulations may cause us to incur additional costs and could impact our ability to compete effectively against companies not subject to the same regulations.
Over the past several years, the FCC has taken various actions and initiated certain proceedings designed to comprehensively evaluate the proper regulation of the provisions of data services to businesses. As part of its evaluation, the FCC has reviewed the rates, terms and conditions under which these services are provided. The FCC's proceedings remain pending, and their ultimate impact on us is currently unknown.

10


In 2015, the FCC issued an order regulating the manner in which ILECs can discontinue or reduce certain copper-based services. This order requires ILECs to provide prior notice to certain customers of their proposed change in services, and in certain cases to provide replacement offerings on reasonably comparable terms and conditions. We expect that this order will limit our flexibility to react to changing conditions in the communications industry.
Intercarrier Compensation and Universal Service
For decades, the FCC has regularly considered various intercarrier compensation reforms, generally with a goal to create a uniform mechanism to be used by the entire telecommunications industry for payments between carriers originating, terminating, or carrying telecommunications traffic. The FCC has also traditionally administered support programs designed to promote the deployment of voice and broadband services in high-cost rural areas of the country.
In October 2011, the FCC adopted the Connect America and Intercarrier Compensation Reform order ("the 2011 order"), intended to reform the existing regulatory regime to recognize ongoing shifts to new technologies, including VoIP, and to re-direct universal service funding to foster nationwide broadband coverage. The 2011 order provides for a multi-year transition as terminating intercarrier compensation charges are reduced, universal service funding is explicitly targeted to broadband deployment, and line charges paid by end user customers are increased. These changes have increased the pace of reductions in the amount of switched access revenues related to our wholesale services, while creating opportunities for increased federal USF support and retail revenue funding.
In late 2011, numerous parties filed a petition for reconsideration with the FCC seeking numerous revisions to the 2011 order. Future judicial challenges to the 2011 order are also possible, which could alter or delay the FCC's proposed changes. In addition, based on the outcome of the FCC proceedings, various state commissions may consider changes to their universal service funds or intrastate access rates. Rulemaking designed to implement the order is not complete, and several FCC proceedings relating to the 2011 order remain pending. For these and other reasons, we cannot predict the ultimate impact of these proceedings at this time.
As a result of the 2011 order, a new Universal Service program was created to deploy broadband to unserved and underserved rural areas utilizing the Connect America Fund or "CAF". The CAF substantially replaces interstate USF funding, that we previously utilized to support voice services in high-cost rural markets. There are two phases to the CAF program, CAF Phase 1, a one-time broadband grant program, and CAF Phase 2, which is a multi-year recurring subsidy program for more extensive broadband deployment in price-cap ILEC territories.
In 2015, we accepted CAF funding from the FCC of approximately $500 million per year for six years to fund the deployment of voice and broadband capable infrastructure for approximately 1.2 million rural households and businesses in 33 states of the 37 states in which we are an ILEC under the CAF Phase 2 high-cost support program. The funding from the CAF Phase 2 support program in these 33 states has substantially replaced the funding from the interstate USF high-cost program that we previously utilized to support voice services in high-cost rural markets in these 33 states. In late 2015, we began receiving these support payments from the FCC under the new CAF Phase 2 support program, which included (i) monthly support payments at a higher rate than under the interstate USF support program and (ii) a substantial one-time transitional payment, designed to align the prior USF payments with the new CAF Phase 2 payments for the full year 2015. For additional information on the payments we have thus far received under this program, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.
As a result of accepting CAF Phase 2 support payments for 33 states, we will be obligated to make substantial capital expenditures to build infrastructure by certain specified milestone deadlines. Future funding is contingent upon our compliance with these infrastructure buildout commitments and certain other service requirements, including certain minimum upload and download transmission speed requirements. In addition, if we are not in compliance with FCC measures at the end of the six-year CAF Phase 2 period, we will have 12 months to attain full compliance. If we are not in full compliance after the additional 12 months, we would incur a penalty equal to 1.89 times the average amount of support per location received in the state over the six-year term, plus a potential penalty of 10% of the total CAF Phase 2 support over the six-year term for the state. For information on the risks associated with participating in this program, see "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory Matters" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
For additional information about the potential financial impact of the CAF Phase 2 program, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.

11


Broadband Regulation
In February 2015, the FCC adopted new regulations that regulate Internet services as a public utility under Title II of the Communications Act of 1934. In 2016, that order was upheld by a court of appeals. We anticipate that these regulations and any related rules may be reviewed by Congress. In addition, the newly-constituted FCC may reconsider these regulations. At this time, we cannot estimate the impact this may have on our business.
In 2015, the FCC adopted a broadband standard of 25 megabits per second download speed and 3 megabits per second of upload speed. At this time, we are not aware of any regulatory mandates requiring us to deploy this target speed. The new target is simply a benchmark by which the FCC will evaluate broadband deployment progress in the future. However, the FCC could attempt to utilize this broadband speed target in future regulatory proceedings, and our failure to attain these speeds in certain markets could place us at a marketing disadvantage.
State Regulation
In recent years, most states have reduced their regulation of ILECs. Nonetheless, state regulatory commissions generally continue to regulate local service rates, intrastate access charges, state universal service funds and in some cases service quality. We are generally regulated under various forms of alternative regulation that typically limit our ability to increase rates for stand-alone, basic local voice service, but relieve us from the requirement to meet certain earnings tests. In a number of states, we have gained pricing freedom for the majority of retail services other than stand-alone basic consumer voice service. In most of the states in which we operate, we have gained pricing flexibility for certain enhanced calling services, such as caller identification and for bundled services that also include local voice service.
Under state law, our telephone operating subsidiaries are typically governed by laws and regulations that (i) regulate the purchase and sale of ILECs, (ii) prescribe certain reporting requirements, (iii) require ILECs to provide service under publicly-filed tariffs setting forth the terms, conditions and prices of regulated services, (iv) limit ILECs' ability to borrow and pledge their assets, (v) regulate transactions between ILECs and their affiliates and (vi) impose various other service standards.
Unlike many of our competitors, as an ILEC we generally face "carrier of last resort" obligations which include an ongoing requirement to provide service to all prospective and current customers in our service area who request service and are willing to pay rates prescribed in our tariffs. In certain situations, this may constitute a competitive disadvantage to us if competitors can choose to focus on low-cost profitable customers and withhold service from high-cost unprofitable customers. In addition, strict adherence to carrier-of-last-resort requirements may force us to construct facilities with a low likelihood of attractive economic return.
We operate in states where traditional cost recovery mechanisms, including rate structures, are under evaluation or have been modified. As laws and regulations change, there can be no assurance that these mechanisms will continue to provide us with any cost recovery.
For several years, we have faced various carrier complaints, legislation or other investigations regarding our intrastate switched access rates in several of our states. The outcomes of these disputes cannot be determined at this time. If we are required to reduce our intrastate switched access rates as a result of any of these disputes or state initiatives, we will seek to recover displaced switched access revenues from state universal service funds or other services. However, the amount of such recovery, particularly from residential customers, is not assured.
Other Regulations
We are subject to federal and state regulations of customer service standards related to Prism TV. The FCC adopted customer service standards that we must meet in all of our Prism TV markets. The FCC has largely delegated its enforcement powers to local franchise authorities, who have the ability to adopt more stringent standards. We are subject to penalties in many of our local franchise agreements if we fail to meet applicable customer service standards.
Certain of our telecommunications, colocation and hosting services conducted in foreign countries are or may become subject to various foreign laws. Some of the legal requirements governing our foreign operations are more restrictive than or conflict with those governing our domestic operations, which raises our compliance costs and regulatory risks.
Various foreign, federal and state laws govern our storage, maintenance and use of customer data, including a wide range of consumer protection, data protection, privacy, intellectual property and similar laws. The application, interpretation and enforcement of these laws are often uncertain, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Various foreign, federal and state legislative or regulatory bodies have recently adopted increasingly restrictive laws or regulations governing the protection or retention of data, and others are contemplating similar actions.

12


For additional information about these matters, see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory Matters” in item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
Competition
General
We compete in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market, and we expect intense competition to continue. In addition to competition from larger national telecommunications providers, we are facing increasing competition from several other sources, including cable and satellite companies, wireless providers, technology companies, cloud companies, broadband providers, device providers, resellers, sales agents and facilities-based providers using their own networks as well as those leasing parts of our network. Technological advances and regulatory and legislative changes have increased opportunities for a wide range of alternative communications service providers, which in turn have increased competitive pressures on our business. These alternate providers often face fewer regulations and have lower cost structures than we do. In addition, the communications industry has, in recent years, experienced substantial consolidation, and some of our competitors in one or more lines of our business are generally larger, have stronger brand names, have more financial and business resources and have broader service offerings than we currently do.
Wireless telephone services are a significant source of competition with our legacy ILEC services. It is increasingly common for customers to completely forego use of traditional wireline phone service and instead rely solely on wireless service for voice services. We anticipate this trend will continue, particularly as our older customers are replaced over time with younger customers who are less accustomed to using traditional wireline voice services. Technological and regulatory developments in wireless services, Wi-Fi, and other wired and wireless technologies have contributed to the development of alternatives to traditional landline voice services. Moreover, the growing prevalence of electronic mail, text messaging, social networking and similar digital non-voice communications services continues to reduce the demand for traditional landline voice services. These factors have led to a long-term systemic decline in the number of our wireline voice service customers.
The Telecommunications Act of 1996, which obligates ILECs to permit competitors to interconnect their facilities to the ILEC's network and to take various other steps that are designed to promote competition, imposes several duties on an ILEC if it receives a specific request from another entity which seeks to connect with or provide services using the ILEC's network. In addition, each ILEC is obligated to (i) negotiate interconnection agreements in good faith, (ii) provide nondiscriminatory "unbundled" access to all aspects of the ILEC's network, (iii) offer resale of its telecommunications services at wholesale rates and (iv) permit competitors, on terms and conditions (including rates) that are just, reasonable and nondiscriminatory, to colocate their physical plant on the ILEC's property, or provide virtual colocation if physical colocation is not practicable. Current FCC rules require ILECs to lease a network element only in those situations where competing carriers genuinely would be impaired without access to such network elements, and where the unbundling would not interfere with the development of facilities-based competition.
As a result of these regulatory, consumer and technological developments, ILECs also face competition from competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, particularly in densely populated areas. CLECs provide competing services through reselling an ILEC's local services, through use of an ILEC's unbundled network elements or through their own facilities.
Technological developments have led to the development of new products and services that have reduced the demand for our traditional services, as noted above, or that compete with traditional ILEC services. Technological improvements have enabled cable television companies to provide traditional circuit-switched telephone service over their cable networks, and several national cable companies have aggressively marketed these services. Similarly, companies providing VoIP services provide voice communication services over the Internet which compete with our traditional telephone service and our own VoIP services. In addition, demand for our broadband services could be adversely affected by advanced wireless data transmission technologies being deployed by wireless providers and by certain technologies permitting cable companies and other competitors to deliver faster average broadband transmission speeds than ours.
Similar to us, many cable, technology or other communications companies that previously offered a limited range of services are now offering diversified bundles of services, either through their own networks, reselling arrangements or joint ventures. As such, a growing number of companies are competing to serve the communications needs of the same customer base. Such activities will continue to place downward pressure on the demand for and pricing of our services.
As both residential and business customers increasingly demand high-speed connections for entertainment, communications and productivity, we expect the demands on our network will continue to increase over the next several years. To succeed, we must continue to invest in our networks to ensure that they can deliver competitive services that meet these increasing bandwidth and speed requirements. In addition, network reliability and security are increasingly important competitive factors in our business.

13


In addition to facing direct competition from those providers described above, ILECs increasingly face competition from alternate communication systems constructed by long distance carriers, large customers, municipalities or alternative access vendors. These systems are capable of originating or terminating calls without use of an ILEC's networks or switching services. Other potential sources of competition include non-carrier systems that are capable of bypassing ILECs' local networks, either partially or completely, through various means, including the provision of special access or independent switching services and the concentration of telecommunications traffic on a few of an ILEC's access lines. We anticipate that all these trends will continue and lead to decreased billable use of our networks.
Additional information about competitive pressures is located (i) under the heading "Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report and (ii) in the discussion immediately below, which contains more specific information on how these trends in competition have impacted our segments.
Business Segment
Strategic Services
In connection with providing strategic services to our business customers, which includes our small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, we compete against other telecommunication providers, as well as other regional and national carriers, other data transport providers, cable companies, CLECs and other enterprises, some of whom are substantially larger than us. Competition is based on price, bandwidth, quality and speed of service, promotions and bundled offerings. In providing broadband services, we compete primarily with cable companies, wireless providers, technology companies and other broadband service providers. We face competition in Ethernet based services in the wholesale market from cable companies and fiber based providers.
Our competitors for providing integrated data, broadband, voice services and other IT services to our business customers range from mid-sized businesses to large enterprises. Due to the size and capacity of some of these companies, our competitors may be able to offer more inexpensive solutions to our customers. To compete, we focus on providing sophisticated, secure and performance-driven services to our business customers through our global infrastructure.
The number of companies providing business services has grown and increased competition for these services, particularly with respect to smaller business customers. Many of our competitors for strategic services are not subject to the same regulatory requirements as we are and therefore they are able to avoid significant regulatory costs and obligations.
Our competitors for cloud, hosting, colocation and other IT services include telecommunications companies, technology companies, cloud companies, colocation companies, hardware manufacturers and system integrators that support the in-house IT operations for a business or offer outsourcing solutions. Due to the size, capacity and strategically low pricing tactics of some of these companies, our competitors may be able to offer more inexpensive solutions to our customers. The increase in recent years in the number of companies providing these services has placed substantial downward pressure on pricing for a wide range of cloud, hosting, colocation and other IT services. We believe, however, that our hybrid IT services capabilities, which offer multiple products and services (including network services), could help differentiate our products and services from those offered by competitors with a narrower range of products and services. We have remained focused on expanding our hybrid cloud capabilities through internal product development and strategic acquisitions of select startup businesses.
Legacy Services
We face intense competition with respect to our legacy services and continue to see customers migrating away from these services and into strategic services. In addition, our legacy services revenues have been, and we expect they will continue to be, adversely affected by product substitution, technological migration and price competition. For our wholesale customers, we will continue to be adversely affected by product substitution, technological migration, industry consolidation and mandated rate reductions. Competition for private line services is based on price, network reach and reliability, service, promotions and bundled offerings. We face significant competition for access services from CLECs, cable companies, resellers and wireless service providers as well as some of our own wholesale markets customers, many of which are deploying their own networks to provide customers with local services. By doing so, these competitors reduce revenue producing traffic on our network.
Data Integration
In providing data integration to our business customers, we compete primarily with large integrators, equipment providers and national telecommunication providers. Competition is based on package offerings, and as such we focus on providing these customers individualized and customizable packages. Our strategy is to provide our data integration through packages that include other strategic and legacy services. As such, in providing data integration we often face many of the same competitive pressures as we face in providing strategic and legacy services, as discussed above.

14


We expect data integration revenues to continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter as this offering tends to be more sensitive than others to changes in the economy and in spending trends of our governmental customers. We further expect the profit margins on our data integration offerings to continue to be lower than those of our strategic and legacy services.
Consumer Segment
Strategic Services
With respect to providing our strategic services to residential customers, competition is based on price, bandwidth, quality and speed of service, promotions and bundled offerings. Wireless carriers' latest generation technologies are allowing them to more directly compete with our strategic services. The manner in which we compete for broadband customers in this segment is substantially similar to the manner in which we compete for business customers, as described in the above section. In reselling DIRECTV video services, we compete primarily with cable and other satellite companies as well as other sales agents and resellers. Our Prism TV residential video service faces substantial competition from a variety of competitors, including well-established cable companies, satellite companies and several national companies that deliver content over the Internet and on mobile devices. Many of our competitors for these strategic services are not subject to the same regulatory requirements as we are, and therefore are able to avoid significant regulatory costs and obligations.
Our strategy for maintaining and increasing our base of broadband customers is based on pricing, packaging of services and features and quality of service. In order to remain competitive, we believe continually increasing connection speeds is important. As a result, we continue to invest in our network, which allows for the delivery of higher speed broadband services. We also continue to expand our marketing and product bundling efforts by offering a variety of bundled products and services with various pricing discounts, as we compete in a maturing market in which a significant portion of consumers already have broadband services. We offer these bundled products and services through various sales and marketing opportunities as further described above under the heading "Sales and Marketing."
Legacy Services
Although our status as an ILEC continues to provide us advantages in providing local services in our local service area, as noted above, we increasingly face significant competition as an increasing number of consumers are willing to substitute cable, wireless and electronic communications for traditional voice telecommunications services. This has led to an increase in the number and type of competitors within our industry, price compression and a decrease in our market share. As a result of this product substitution, we face greater competition in providing local and long-distance voice services from wireless providers, resellers and sales agents (including ourselves), social media hosts and broadband service providers, including cable companies. We also continue to compete with traditional telecommunications providers, such as national carriers, smaller regional providers, CLECs and independent telephone companies.
Our strategy to manage access line loss is based primarily on our pricing, packaging of services and features and quality of service. While bundle price discounts have resulted in lower average revenues for our individual services, we believe service bundles continue to positively impact our customer retention.
Acquisitions and Dispositions
We regularly evaluate the possibility of acquiring additional assets or disposing of assets in exchange for cash, securities or other properties, and at any given time may be engaged in discussions or negotiations regarding additional acquisitions or dispositions. We generally do not announce our acquisitions or dispositions until we have entered into a preliminary or definitive agreement.
During 2016, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of three companies for total consideration of $53 million, including future deferred or contingent cash payments of $14 million, of which $49 million has initially been attributed to goodwill. These acquisitions were consummated to expand the product offerings of our then business segment, and therefore, the goodwill was assigned to that segment. The majority of the goodwill is attributed primarily to expected future increases in revenue from the sale of new products. The majority of the goodwill from these acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. See Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets for additional information on these acquisitions.

15


Environmental Compliance
From time to time we may incur environmental compliance and remediation expenses, mainly resulting from owning or operating prior industrial sites or operating vehicle fleets or power supplies for our communications equipment. Although we cannot assess with certainty the impact of any future compliance and remediation obligations or provide you with any assurances regarding the ultimate impact thereof, we do not currently believe that future environmental compliance and remediation expenditures will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. For additional information, see "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory Matters—Risks posed by other regulation" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report and Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
Seasonality
Overall, our business is not materially impacted by seasonality. Our network-related operating expenses are, however, generally higher in the second and third quarters of the year. From time to time, weather related problems have resulted in increased costs to repair our network and respond to service calls in some of our markets. The amount and timing of these costs are subject to the weather patterns of any given year, but have generally been highest during the third quarter and have been related to damage from severe storms, including hurricanes, tropical storms and tornadoes in our markets along the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico coastlines.
Employees
At December 31, 2016, we had approximately 40,000 employees, of which approximately 15,000 are members of either the Communications Workers of America ("CWA") or the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers ("IBEW"). See the discussion of risks relating to our labor relations in "Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report and see Note 18—Labor Union Contracts to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information on the timing of certain contract expirations.
Over the last several years, we have reduced our workforce primarily due to (i) increased competitive pressures, (ii) the loss of access lines and related legacy revenues, (iii) cost reduction initiatives, (iv) process improvements through automation and (v) integration efforts from our acquisitions.
Website Access and Important Investor Information
Our website is www.centurylink.com. We routinely post important investor information in the "Investor Relations" section of our website at ir.centurylink.com. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not part of this annual report. You may obtain free electronic copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports in the "Investor Relations" section of our website (ir.centurylink.com) under the heading "SEC Filings." These reports are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with the SEC. From time to time we also use our website to webcast our earnings calls and certain of our meetings with investors or other members of the investment community.
We have adopted a written code of conduct that serves as the code of ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees, in accordance with applicable laws and rules promulgated by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. In the event that we make any changes (other than by a technical, administrative or non-substantive amendment) to, or provide any waivers from, the provisions of our code of conduct applicable to our directors or executive officers, we intend to disclose these events on our website or in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC. The code of conduct, as well as copies of our guidelines on significant governance issues and the charters of our key board committees, are also available in the "Corporate Governance" section of our website at www.centurylink.com/Pages/AboutUs/Governance/ or in print to any shareholder who requests them by sending a written request to our Corporate Secretary at CenturyLink, Inc., 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana, 71203.
Investors may also read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. For information on the operation of the Public Reference Room, you are encouraged to call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. For all of our electronic filings, the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
In connection with filing this annual report, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer made the certifications regarding our financial disclosures required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and its related regulations. In addition, during 2016, our chief executive officer certified to the New York Stock Exchange that he was unaware of any violations by us of the New York Stock Exchange's corporate governance listing standards.

16


We typically disclose material non-public information by disseminating press releases, making public filings with the SEC, or disclosing information during publicly accessible meetings or conference calls. Nonetheless, from time to time we have used, and intend to continue to use, our website and social media accounts to augment our disclosures.
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Related Matters
This annual report and other documents filed by us under the federal securities law include, and future oral or written statements or press releases by us and our management may include, forward-looking statements about our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. These statements constitute "forward-looking" statements as defined by, and are subject to the "safe harbor" protections under, the federal securities laws. These statements include, among others:
forecasts of our anticipated future results of operations or financial position;
statements concerning the impact of our transactions, investments, product development and other initiatives, including our pending acquisitions and dispositions and our participation in government programs;
statements about our liquidity, tax position, tax rates, asset values, contingent liabilities, growth opportunities and growth rates, acquisition and divestiture opportunities, business prospects, regulatory and competitive outlook, investment and expenditure plans, business strategies, dividend and stock repurchase plans, capital allocation plans, financing alternatives and sources, and pricing plans; and
other similar statements of our expectations, beliefs, future plans and strategies, anticipated developments and other matters that are not historical facts, many of which are highlighted by words such as “may,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “plan,” “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “likely,” “seeks,” “hopes,” or variations or similar expressions.
These forward-looking statements are based upon our judgment and assumptions as of the date such statements are made concerning future developments and events, many of which are beyond our control. These forward-looking statements, and the assumptions upon which they are based, (i) are not guarantees of future results, (ii) are inherently speculative and (iii) are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual events and results may differ materially from those anticipated, estimated, projected or implied by us in those statements if one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove incorrect. Factors that could affect actual results include but are not limited to:
the effects of competition from a wide variety of competitive providers, including decreased demand for our legacy offerings and increased pricing pressures;
the effects of new, emerging or competing technologies, including those that could make our products less desirable or obsolete;
the effects of ongoing changes in the regulation of the communications industry, including the outcome of regulatory or judicial proceedings relating to intercarrier compensation, interconnection obligations, access charges, universal service, broadband deployment, data protection and net neutrality;
our ability to (i) successfully complete our pending acquisition of Level 3, including the timely receipt of all requisite financing and all shareholder and regulatory approvals free of any detrimental conditions, and (ii) timely realize the anticipated benefits of the transaction, including our ability after the closing to attain anticipated cost savings, to use Level 3's net operating loss carryforwards in the amounts projected, to retain key personnel and to avoid unanticipated integration disruptions.
our ability to effectively adjust to changes in the communications industry, and changes in the composition of our markets and product mix;
possible changes in the demand for our products and services, including our ability to effectively respond to increased demand for high-speed broadband service;
our ability to successfully maintain the quality and profitability of our existing product and service offerings, to provision them successfully to our customers and to introduce new offerings on a timely and cost-effective basis;
the adverse impact on our business and network from possible equipment failures, service outages, security breaches or similar events impacting our network;
our ability to generate cash flows sufficient to fund our financial commitments and objectives, including our capital expenditures, operating costs, periodic share repurchases, dividends, pension contributions and other benefits payments, and debt repayments;

17


changes in our operating plans, corporate strategies, dividend payment plans or other capital allocation plans, whether based upon changes in our cash flows, cash requirements, financial performance, financial position, market conditions or otherwise;
our ability to effectively retain and hire key personnel and to successfully negotiate collective bargaining agreements on reasonable terms without work stoppages;
increases in the costs of our pension, health, post-employment or other benefits, including those caused by changes in markets, interest rates, mortality rates, demographics or regulations;
adverse changes in our access to credit markets on favorable terms, whether caused by changes in our financial position, lower debt credit ratings, unstable markets or otherwise;
our ability to maintain favorable relations with our key business partners, suppliers, vendors, landlords and financial institutions;
our ability to effectively manage our network buildout project and our other expansion opportunities;
our ability to collect our receivables from financially troubled customers;
any adverse developments in legal or regulatory proceedings involving us;
changes in tax, communications, pension, healthcare or other laws or regulations, in governmental support programs, or in general government funding levels;
the effects of changes in accounting policies or practices, including potential future impairment charges;
the effects of adverse weather or other natural or man-made disasters;
the effects of more general factors such as changes in interest rates, in operating costs, in general market, labor, economic or geo-political conditions, or in public policy; and
other risks referenced in "Risk Factors" in Item 1A or elsewhere in this annual report or other of our filings with the SEC.
Additional factors or risks that we currently deem immaterial, that are not presently known to us or that arise in the future could also cause our actual results to differ materially from our expected results. Given these uncertainties, investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon our forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason, whether as a result of new information, future events or developments, changed circumstances, or otherwise. Furthermore, any information about our intentions contained in any of our forward-looking statements reflects our intentions as of the date of such forward-looking statement, and is based upon, among other things, existing regulatory, technological, industry, competitive, economic and market conditions, and our assumptions as of such date. We may change our intentions, strategies or plans (including our dividend or other capital allocation plans) at any time and without notice, based upon any changes in such factors, in our assumptions or otherwise.
Investors should also be aware that while we do, at various times, answer questions raised by securities analysts, it is against our policy to disclose to them selectively any material non-public information or other confidential information. Accordingly, investors should not assume that we agree with any statement or report issued by an analyst with respect to our past or projected performance. To the extent that reports issued by securities analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not our responsibility.
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this annual report and other documents filed by us under the federal securities laws concerning our views and expectations regarding the communications industry are based on estimates made by us using data from industry sources, and on assumptions made by us based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate and the communications industry generally. You should be aware that we have not independently verified data from industry or other third-party sources and cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness.

18


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
The following discussion identifies the most significant risks or uncertainties that could (i) materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or prospects or (ii) cause our actual results to differ materially from our anticipated results or other expectations. The following information should be read in conjunction with the other portions of this annual report, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II and our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Item 8 of Part II. Please note that the following discussion is not intended to comprehensively list all risks or uncertainties faced by us. Our operations or actual results could also be similarly impacted by additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us, that we currently deem to be immaterial, that arise in the future or that are not specific to us, such as general economic conditions.
Risks Affecting Our Business
We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors.
Each of our offerings to our residential and business customers face increasingly intense competition from a variety of sources under evolving market conditions. We expect these trends will continue. In addition to competition from larger national telecommunications providers, we are facing increasing competition from several other sources, including cable and satellite companies, wireless providers, technology companies, cloud companies, broadband providers, device providers, resellers, sales agents and facilities-based providers using their own networks as well as those leasing parts of our network. In particular, (i) intense competition from wireless and other communications providers has led to a long-term systemic decline in the number of our wireline voice customers, (ii) strong competition from cable companies and others has impacted the growth of our broadband operations and (iii) aggressive competition from a wide range of technology companies and other market entrants has limited the prospects for our cloud computing operations. For more detailed information, see "Business—Competition" in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report.
Some of our current and potential competitors (i) offer products or services that are substitutes for our legacy wireline voice services, including wireless voice and non-voice communication services, (ii) offer a more comprehensive range of communications products and services, (iii) offer products or services with features that we cannot readily match in some or all of our markets, (iv) offer shorter installation intervals, allowing customers to begin receiving services sooner after ordering, (v) have greater marketing, engineering, research, development, technical, financial and other resources, (vi) have larger or more diverse networks with greater transmission capacity, (vii) conduct operations or raise capital at a lower cost than us, (viii) are subject to less regulation, which we believe enables such competitors to operate more flexibly than us with respect to certain offerings, (ix) offer services nationally or internationally to a larger geographic area or larger base of customers, (x) have substantially stronger brand names, which may provide them with greater pricing power than ours, or (xi) have larger operations than ours, which may enable them to compete more successfully in recruiting top talent, entering into operational or strategic partnerships or acquiring companies. Consequently, these competitors may be better equipped to provide more attractive offerings, to charge lower prices for their products and services, to develop and expand their communications and network infrastructure more quickly, to adapt more swiftly to changes in technologies or customer requirements, to devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of their products and services, to provide more comprehensive customer service, to provide greater resources to research and development initiatives and to take advantage of business or other opportunities more readily. In the past, several of our competitors and their operations have grown through acquisitions and aggressive product development. The continued growth of our competitors could further enhance their competitive positions.
Competition could adversely impact us in several ways, including (i) the loss of customers and market share, (ii) the possibility of customers terminating or reducing their usage of our services or shifting to less profitable services, (iii) reduced traffic on our networks, (iv) our need to expend substantial time or money on new capital improvement projects, (v) our need to lower prices or increase marketing expenses to remain competitive and (vi) our inability to diversify by successfully offering new products or services.
We are continually taking steps to respond to these competitive pressures, but these efforts may not be successful. Our operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected if these initiatives are unsuccessful or insufficient. If this occurred, our ability to pay our debt and other obligations and to re-invest in the business would also be adversely affected.

19


Rapid technological changes could significantly impact our competitive and financial position.
The communications industry has been and continues to be impacted by significant technological changes, which in general are enhancing wireless services and enabling a broader array of companies to compete with us. Many of these technological changes are (i) enabling customers to reduce or bypass use of our networks, (ii) displacing or reducing demand for our services, or (iii) enabling the development of competitive products or services. For years, improvements in wireless and Internet-based voice communications technologies have reduced demand for our legacy voice services, and these trends continue. More recently, continuous improvements in wireless data technologies have enabled wireless carriers to offer competing products, and we expect this trend to continue as technological advances enable these carriers to carry greater amounts of data faster and with less latency. Technological advancements have also permitted cable companies and other of our competitors to deliver faster average broadband transmission speeds than ours. Rapid changes in technology have also placed competitive pressures on our video, cloud and hosting businesses, and enabled new competitors to enter our markets. To enhance the competitiveness of certain of our services, we will likely be required to spend additional capital to install more fiber optic cable or to augment the capabilities of our copper-based services.
We may not be able to accurately predict or respond to changes in technology or industry standards, or to the introduction of newly-offered services. Any of these developments could make some or all of our offerings less desirable or even obsolete, which would place downward pressure on our market share and revenues. These developments could also require us to (i) expend capital or other resources in excess of currently contemplated levels, (ii) forego the development or provision of products or services that others can provide more efficiently, or (iii) make other changes to our operating plans, corporate strategies or capital allocation plans, any of which could be contrary to the expectations of our security holders or could adversely impact our operations. Our inability to effectively respond to technological changes could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition, as well as our ability to service debt and fund other commitments or initiatives.
Even if we succeed in adapting to changes in technology or industry standards by developing new products or services, there is no assurance that the new products or services would have a positive impact on our profit margins or financial performance.
In addition to introducing new technologies and offerings, we may need, from time to time, to phase out outdated and unprofitable technologies and services. If we are unable to do so on a cost-effective basis, we could experience reduced profits.
For additional information on the risks of increased expenditures, see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting our Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our business requires us to incur substantial capital and operating expenses, which reduces our available free cash flow.”
Our legacy services continue to experience declining revenues, and our efforts to offset these declines may not be successful.
Primarily as a result of the competitive and technological changes discussed above, we have experienced a prolonged systemic decline in our local voice, long-distance voice, network access, private line and other legacy revenues. Consequently, we have experienced lower consolidated revenues in each of our last several years.
We have taken a variety of steps to counter these declines in our legacy services revenues, including:
an increased focus on selling a broader range of higher-growth strategic services, which are described in detail elsewhere in this annual report;
an increased focus on serving a broader range of business, governmental and wholesale customers;
greater use of service bundles; and
acquisitions to increase our scale, enhance our business segment and strengthen our product offerings.
However, for the reasons described elsewhere in this annual report, most of our strategic services generate lower profit margins than our legacy services, and some can be expected to experience slowing growth as increasing numbers of our existing or potential customers subscribe to our newer strategic product and service offerings. Moreover, we cannot assure you that the revenues generated from our new offerings will offset revenue losses associated with our legacy services. In addition, our reliance on third parties to provide certain of these strategic services could constrain our flexibility, as described further below.

20


Our failure to develop new products and services could adversely impact our competitive position.
In order to compete effectively and respond to the changing communication needs of our customers, we continuously develop, test and introduce new products and services. Our ability to successfully introduce new product or service offerings on a timely and cost-effective basis could be constrained by a range of factors, including network limitations, support system limitations, limited capital, an inability to attract key personnel with the necessary skills, intellectual property constraints, testing delays, technological limits or an inability to act as quickly or efficiently as other competitors. In addition, new product or service offerings may not be widely accepted by our customers. Our business could be materially adversely affected if we are unable to timely and successfully develop and introduce new products or services.
Our failure to continuously develop effective service support systems could adversely impact our competitive position.
For many of our services, we can effectively compete only if we can quickly and efficiently (i) quote and accept customer orders, (ii) provision and initiate ordered services, (iii) provide customers with adequate means to manage their services and (iv) accurately bill for our services. Development of systems designed to support these tasks is a significant undertaking that continuously requires our personnel and third-party vendors to adjust to changes in our offerings and customers' preferences, to eliminate inconsistencies between the practices of our legacy operations and newly-acquired operations, to eliminate older support systems that are costly or obsolete, to develop uniform practices and procedures, and to automate them as much as possible. Our failure to continuously develop service support systems that are satisfactory to our current and potential customers could adversely impact our competitive position.
We may not be able to successfully adjust to changes in our industry, our markets and our product mix.
Ongoing changes in the communications industry have fundamentally changed consumers’ communications expectations and requirements. In response to these changes, we have substantially altered our product and service offerings through acquisitions and internal product development. Many of these changes have placed a higher premium on sales, marketing and product development functions, and necessitated ongoing changes in our processes and operating protocols, as well as periodic reorganizations of our sales and leadership teams. In addition, we now offer a more complex range of products and services, operate larger and more complex networks and serve a much larger and more diverse set of customers. Consequently, we now face greater challenges in effectively managing and administering our operations and allocating capital and other resources to our various offerings. For all these reasons, we cannot assure you that our efforts to adjust to these changes will be timely or successful.
Our revenues and cash flows may not be adequate to fund all of our current objectives.
As noted in the risk factor disclosures appearing above and below, changes in competition, technology, regulation and demand for our legacy services continue to place downward pressure on our consolidated revenues and cash flows. During each of 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we experienced declines in revenues and net cash provided by operating activities as compared to prior periods. Our cash flows will be further impacted by other changes discussed herein, including anticipated increases in our cash tax payments prior to the pending Level 3 acquisition and additional post-retirement health care payments as a result of the depletion in 2016 of substantially all of the post-retirement benefit plan trust assets.
We rely upon our consolidated revenues and cash flows to fund our commitments and business objectives, including without limitation, funding our capital expenditures, operating costs, debt repayments, dividends, periodic share repurchases, periodic pension contributions and other benefits payments. We cannot assure you that our future cash flows will be sufficient to fund all of our cash requirements in the manner currently contemplated. Our inability to fund certain of these payments could have an adverse impact on our business, operations or competitive position or on the value of our securities.

21


We could be harmed by security breaches, damages or other significant disruptions or failures of our networks, information technology infrastructure or related systems, or of those we operate for certain of our customers.
We are materially reliant upon our networks, information technology infrastructure and related technology systems (including our billing and provisioning systems) to provide products and services to our customers and to manage our operations and affairs. We face the risk, as does any company, of a security breach or significant disruption of our information technology infrastructure and related systems. As a communications company that transmits large amounts of information over communications networks, we face an added risk that a security breach or other significant disruption of our public networks or information technology infrastructure and related systems that we develop, install, operate and maintain for certain of our business customers (which includes our wholesale and governmental customers) could lead to material interruptions or curtailments of service. Moreover, in connection with processing and storing sensitive and confidential customer data, we face a heightened risk that a security breach or disruption could result in unauthorized access to our customers’ proprietary information on our public networks or internal systems or the systems that we operate and maintain for certain of our customers.
We strive to maintain the security and integrity of information and systems under our control, and maintain contingency plans in the event of security breaches or other system disruptions. Nonetheless, we cannot assure you that our security efforts and measures will prevent unauthorized access to our systems, loss or destruction of data (including confidential customer information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer viruses, malware, distributed denial-of-service attacks, or other forms of cyber-attacks or similar events. These threats may derive from human error, hardware or software vulnerabilities, fraud, malice or sabotage on the part of employees, third parties or foreign nations, or could result from aging equipment or accidental technological failure. These threats may also arise from failure or breaches of systems owned, operated or controlled by other unaffiliated operators to the extent we rely on such other systems to deliver services to our customers.
Similar to other large telecommunications companies, we are a constant target of cyber-attacks of varying degrees. Although some of these attacks have resulted in security breaches, to date, none of these breaches have resulted in a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition. You should be aware, however, that defenses against cyber-attacks currently available to U.S. companies are unlikely to prevent intrusions by a highly-determined, highly-sophisticated hacker. Consequently, you should assume that we will be unable to implement security barriers or other preventative measures that repel all future cyber-attacks. Any such future security breaches or disruptions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition, especially in light of the growing frequency, scope and well-documented sophistication of cyber-attacks and intrusions.
Although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions (including self-insured deductibles, coverage restrictions and monetary coverage caps), cover certain aspects of our cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be unavailable or insufficient to cover our losses.
Additional risks to our network, infrastructure and related systems include:
power losses or physical damage, whether caused by fire, flood, adverse weather conditions, terrorism, sabotage, vandalism or otherwise;
capacity or system configuration limitations, including those resulting from changes in our customer's usage patterns, the introduction of new technologies or products, or incompatibilities between our newer and older systems;
theft or failure of our equipment;
software or hardware obsolescence, defects or malfunctions;
deficiencies in our processes or controls;
our inability to hire and retain personnel with the requisite skills to adequately maintain our systems;
programming, processing and other human error; and
service failures of our third-party vendors and other disruptions that are beyond our control.

22


Due to these factors, from time to time in the ordinary course of our business we experience disruptions in our service, and could experience more significant disruptions in the future.
Disruptions, security breaches and other significant failures of the above-described networks and systems could:
disrupt the proper functioning of these networks and systems, which could in turn disrupt (i) our operational or administrative functions or (ii) the operations of certain of our customers who rely upon us to provide services critical to their operations;
result in the unauthorized access to, and destruction, loss, theft, misappropriation or release of proprietary, confidential, sensitive, classified or otherwise valuable information of ours, our customers or our customers’ end users, including trade secrets, which others could use for competitive, disruptive, destructive or otherwise harmful purposes and outcomes;
require significant management attention or financial resources to remedy the resulting damages or to change our systems, including expenses to repair systems, add new personnel or develop additional protective systems;
require us to notify customers, regulatory agencies or the public of data breaches;
require us to provide credits for future service under certain service level commitments we have provided contractually to our customers or to offer expensive incentives to retain customers;
subject us to claims for damages, fines, penalties, termination or other remedies under our customer contracts or service standards set by state regulatory commissions, which in certain cases could exceed our insurance coverage; or
result in a loss of business, damage our reputation among our customers and the public generally, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to prolonged litigation.
We could experience difficulties in expanding and updating our technical infrastructure.
Our ability to expand and update our systems and information technology infrastructure in response to our growth and changing business needs is important to our ability to maintain and develop attractive product and service offerings. As discussed further under “Business—Network Architecture” in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report, we are currently undertaking several complex, costly and time-consuming projects to simplify and modernize our network, which combines our legacy network and the networks of companies we have acquired in the past. Unanticipated delays in the completion of these projects may lead to increased project costs or operational inefficiencies. In addition, there may be issues related to our expanded or updated infrastructure that are not identified by our testing processes, and which may only become evident after we have started to fully utilize the redesigned systems. Our failure to modernize and upgrade our technology infrastructure could have adverse consequences, including the delayed implementation of new service offerings, decreased competitiveness of existing service offerings, network instabilities, increased operating or acquisition integration costs, service or billing interruptions, and the diversion of development resources.
Any or all of the foregoing developments could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Negative publicity may adversely impact us.
Outages or other service failures of networks operated by us or other operators could cause substantial adverse publicity affecting us specifically or our industry generally. In either case, media coverage and public statements that insinuate improper actions by us or other operators, regardless of their factual accuracy or truthfulness, may result in negative publicity, litigation, governmental investigations or additional regulations. Addressing negative publicity and any resulting litigation or investigations may distract management, increase costs and divert resources. Negative publicity may have an adverse impact on our reputation and the morale of our employees, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Market prices for many of our services have decreased in the past, and any similar price decreases in the future will adversely affect our revenues and margins.
Over the past several years, a range of competitive and technological factors, including robust network construction and intense competition, have lowered market prices for many of our products and services. If these market conditions persist, we may need to continue to reduce prices to retain customers and revenue. If future price reductions are necessary, we will suffer unless we are able to offset these reductions by reducing our operating expenses or increasing our sales volumes.

23


Our future growth potential will depend in part on the continued development and expansion of the Internet.
Our future growth potential will depend in part upon the continued development and expansion of the Internet as a communication medium and marketplace for the distribution of data, video and other products by businesses, consumers, and governments. The use of the Internet for these purposes may not grow and expand at the rate anticipated by us or others, or may be restricted by factors outside of our control, including (i) actions by other carriers or governmental authorities that restrict us from delivering traffic over other parties' networks, (ii) changes in regulations, (iii) technological stagnation or (iv) changes in consumers' preferences or data usage.
If we fail to hire and retain qualified executives, managers and employees, our operating results could be harmed.
Our future success depends on our ability to identify, hire, train and retain executives, managers and employees with technological, engineering, product development, operational, provisioning, marketing, sales, administrative, managerial and other key skills. There is a shortage of qualified personnel in several of these fields. We compete with several other companies for this limited pool of potential employees. As our industry increasingly becomes more competitive, it could become especially difficult to attract and retain top personnel with skills in high demand. Our workforce reduction initiatives over the past couple of years have further increased the challenges of attracting and retaining talented individuals. In addition, subject to limited exceptions, none of our executives or domestic employees have long-term employment agreements. For all these reasons, there is no assurance that our efforts to recruit and retain qualified personnel will be successful.
Increases in broadband usage may cause network capacity limitations, resulting in service disruptions, reduced capacity or slower transmission speeds for our customers.
Video streaming services, gaming and peer-to-peer file sharing applications use significantly more bandwidth than other Internet activity such as web browsing and email. As use of these newer services continues to grow, our broadband customers will likely use much more bandwidth than in the past. If this occurs, we could be required to make significant capital expenditures to increase network capacity in order to avoid service disruptions, service degradation or slower transmission speeds for our customers. Alternatively, we could choose to implement network management practices to reduce the network capacity available to bandwidth-intensive activities during certain times in market areas experiencing congestion, which could negatively affect our ability to retain and attract customers in affected markets. While we believe demand for these services may drive broadband customers to pay for faster broadband speeds, competitive or regulatory constraints may preclude us from recovering the costs of the necessary network investments. This could result in an adverse impact to our operating margins, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We have been accused of infringing the intellectual property rights of others and will likely face similar accusations in the future, which could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or require us to seek third-party licenses.
Like other communications companies, we have increasingly in recent years received a number of notices from third parties or have been named in lawsuits filed by third parties claiming we have infringed or are infringing upon their intellectual property rights. We are currently responding to several of these notices and claims and expect this industry-wide trend will continue. Responding to these claims may require us to expend significant time and money defending our use of the applicable technology, and divert management’s time and resources away from other business. In certain instances, we may be required to enter into licensing agreements requiring royalty payments. In the case of litigation, we could be required to pay damages or cease using the applicable technology. If we are required to take one or more of these actions, our profit margins may decline or our operations could be impaired. In addition, in responding to these claims, we may be required to stop selling or redesign one or more of our products or services, which could significantly and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Similarly, from time to time, we may need to obtain the right to use certain patents or other intellectual property from third parties to be able to offer new products and services. If we cannot license or otherwise obtain rights to use any required technology from a third party on reasonable terms, our ability to offer new products and services may be prohibited, restricted, made more costly or delayed.

24


We may not be successful in protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights.
We rely on various patents, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets and other similar intellectual property rights, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. The steps we have taken, however, may not prevent unauthorized use or the reverse engineering of our technology. Others may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent, superior to, or otherwise competitive to the technologies we employ in our services or that infringe on our intellectual property. We may be unable to prevent competitors from acquiring proprietary rights that are similar to or infringe upon our proprietary rights, or to prevent our current or former employees from using or disclosing to others our proprietary information. Enforcement of our intellectual property rights may depend on initiating legal actions against parties who infringe or misappropriate our proprietary information, but these actions may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed. If we are unsuccessful in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights, our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our operations, financial performance and liquidity are materially reliant on various third parties.
Reliance on other communications providers. To offer voice or data services in certain of our markets, we must either lease network capacity from, or interconnect our network with the infrastructure of, other communications carriers who typically compete against us in those markets. Our reliance on these lease or interconnection arrangements limits our control over the quality of our services and exposes us to the risk that our ability to market our services could be adversely impacted by changes in the plans or properties of the carriers upon which we are reliant. In addition, we are exposed to the risk that the other carriers may be unwilling to continue or renew these arrangements in the future on terms favorable to us, or at all. This risk is heightened when the other carrier is a competitor of ours and may benefit from terminating the agreement. If we lose these arrangements and cannot timely replace them, our ability to provide services to our customers and conduct our business could be materially adversely affected.
Conversely, certain of our operations carry a significant amount of voice or data traffic for other communications providers. Their reliance on our services exposes us to the risk that they may transfer all or a portion of this traffic from our network to networks built, owned or leased by them, thereby reducing our revenues. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Segment Results” included in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.
We also rely on reseller and sales agency arrangements with other communications companies to provide some of the services that we offer to our customers, including video services and wireless products and services. As a reseller or sales agent, we do not control the availability, retail price, design, function, quality, reliability, customer service or branding of these products and services, nor do we directly control all of the marketing and promotion of these products and services. Similar to the risks described above regarding our reliance upon other carriers, we could be adversely affected if these communication companies fail to maintain competitive products or services, or fail to continue to make them available to us on attractive terms, or at all.
Our operations and financial performance could be adversely affected if our relationships with any of these other communications companies are disrupted or terminated for any other reason, including if such other companies:
become bankrupt or experience substantial financial difficulties;
suffer work stoppages or other labor strife;
challenge our right to receive payments or services under applicable regulations or the terms of our existing contractual arrangements; or
are otherwise unable or unwilling to make payments or provide services to us.
Reliance on other key suppliers and vendors. We depend on a limited number of suppliers and vendors for equipment and services relating to our network infrastructure. Our local exchange carrier networks consist of central office and remote sites, all with advanced digital switches. If any of these suppliers experience interruptions or other problems delivering or servicing these network components on a timely basis, our operations could suffer significantly. To the extent that proprietary technology of a supplier is an integral component of our network, we may have limited flexibility to purchase key network components from alternative suppliers and may be adversely affected if third parties assert patent infringement claims against our suppliers or us. We also rely on a limited number of (i) software vendors to support our business management systems, (ii) content suppliers to provide programming to our video operations, and (iii) contractors to assist us in connection with our network construction and maintenance activities. In the event it becomes necessary to seek alternative suppliers and vendors, we may be unable to obtain satisfactory replacement supplies, services, utilities or programming on economically attractive terms, on a timely basis, or at all, which could increase costs or cause disruptions in our services.

25


Reliance on utility providers and landlords. Pending the sale of our colocation business, we operate a substantial number of data center facilities, which are susceptible to electrical power shortages or outages. Our energy costs can fluctuate significantly or increase for a variety of reasons, including changes in legislation and regulation. Several pending proposals designed to reduce greenhouse emissions could substantially increase our energy costs, which we may not be able to pass on to our customers. Due to the increasing sophistication of equipment and our products, our demand or our customers’ demand for power may exceed the power capacity in older data centers, which may limit our ability to fully utilize these data centers.
Pending the sale of our colocation business, we lease most of our data centers. Although the majority of these leases provide us with the opportunity to renew the lease, many of these renewal options provide that rent for the renewal period will be equal to the fair market rental rate at the time of renewal. Any resulting increases in our rent costs could have a negative impact on our financial results. We cannot assure you that our data centers in the future will have access to sufficient space or power on attractive terms, or at all.
Reliance on governmental payments. We receive a material amount of revenue or government subsidies under various government programs, which are further described under the heading “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory Matters." We also provide products or services to various federal, state and local agencies. Our failure to comply with complex governmental regulations and laws applicable to these programs, or the terms of our governmental contracts, could result in us being suspended or disbarred from future governmental programs or contracts for a significant period of time. Moreover, certain governmental agencies frequently reserve the right to terminate their contracts for convenience. If our governmental contracts are terminated for any reason, or if we are suspended or debarred from governmental programs or contracts, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Reliance on financial institutions. We rely on a number of financial institutions to provide us with short-term liquidity under our credit facility. If one or more of these lenders default on their funding commitments, our access to revolving credit could be adversely affected.
Rising costs, changes in consumer behaviors and other industry changes may adversely impact our video business.
The costs of purchasing video programming have risen significantly in recent years and continue to rise. Moreover, an increasing number of consumers are receiving access to video content through video streaming or other services pursuant to new technologies for a nominal or no fee, which will likely reduce demand for more traditional video products, such as the satellite TV services that we resell and our Prism TV services.
New technologies are also affecting consumer behavior in ways that are changing how content is delivered and viewed. Increased access to various media through wireless devices has the potential to reduce the viewing of our content through traditional distribution outlets. These new technologies have increased the number of entertainment choices available to consumers and intensified the challenges posed by audience fragmentation. Some of these newer technologies also give consumers greater flexibility to watch programming on a time-delayed or on-demand basis. All of these changes, coupled with changing consumer preferences and other related developments, could reduce demand for our video products and services.
If we fail to extend or renegotiate our collective bargaining agreements with our labor unions as they expire from time to time, or if our unionized employees were to engage in a strike or other work stoppage, our business and operating results could be materially harmed.
As of December 31, 2016, approximately 38% of our employees were members of various bargaining units represented by the Communications Workers of America or the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. From time to time, our labor agreements with unions expire. Approximately 11,000, or 28%, of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements that are scheduled to expire October 7, 2017. Although we typically are able to negotiate new bargaining agreements, we cannot predict the outcome of our future negotiations of these agreements. We may be unable to reach new agreements, and union employees may engage in strikes, work slowdowns or other labor actions, which could materially disrupt our ability to provide services and result in increased cost to us. In addition, new labor agreements may impose significant new costs on us, which could impair our financial condition or results of operations in the future. To the extent they contain benefit provisions, these agreements may also limit our flexibility to change benefits in response to industry or competitive changes. In particular, post-employment benefits provided under these agreements could cause us to incur costs not faced by many of our competitors, which could ultimately hinder our competitive position.

26


Portions of our property, plant and equipment are located on property owned by third parties.
We rely on rights-of-way, colocation agreements and other authorizations granted by governmental bodies, railway companies, carriers and other third parties to locate our cable, conduit and other network equipment on or under their respective properties. A significant number of these authorizations are scheduled to lapse over the next five to ten years, unless we are able to extend or renew them. Our operations could be adversely affected if any of these authorizations terminate or lapse, or if the landowner requests price increases.
Over the past few years, certain utilities, cooperatives and municipalities in certain of the states in which we operate have requested significant rate increases for attaching our plant to their facilities. To the extent that these entities are successful in increasing the amount we pay for these attachments, our future operating costs will increase.
Our business customers may seek to shift risk to us.
We furnish to and receive from our business customers indemnities relating to damages caused or sustained by us in connection with certain of our operations. Our customers’ changing views on risk allocation could cause us to accept greater risk to win new business or could result in us losing business if we are not prepared to take such risks. To the extent that we accept such additional risk, and seek to insure against it, our insurance premiums could rise.
Our international operations expose us to various regulatory, currency, tax, legal and other risks.
Our international operations are subject to U.S. and other laws and regulations regarding operations in foreign jurisdictions in which we provide services. These numerous and sometimes conflicting laws and regulations include anti-corruption laws, anti-competition laws, trade restrictions, tax laws, immigration laws, privacy laws and accounting requirements. Many of these laws are complex and change frequently. Regulations that require the awarding of contracts to local contractors or the employment of local citizens may adversely affect our flexibility or competitiveness in these jurisdictions. Local laws and regulations, and their interpretation and enforcement, differ significantly among those jurisdictions. There is a risk that these laws or regulations may materially restrict our ability to deliver services in various foreign jurisdictions or could be breached through inadvertence or mistake, fraudulent or negligent behavior of our employees or agents, failure to comply with certain formal documentation or technical requirements, or otherwise. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our personnel, or prohibitions on the conduct of our business or our ability to operate in one or more countries, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
Many foreign laws and regulations relating to communications services are more restrictive than U.S. laws and regulations, particularly those relating to privacy rights and data retention. For example, all 28 member states of the European Union have adopted new European data protection laws that we believe could impact our operations in Europe and could potentially expose us to an increased risk of litigation or significant regulatory fines. Moreover, national regulatory frameworks that are consistent with the policies and requirements of the World Trade Organization have only recently been, or are still being, enacted in many countries. Accordingly, many countries are still in the early stages of providing for and adapting to a liberalized telecommunications market. As a result, in these markets we may encounter more protracted and difficult procedures to obtain licenses necessary to provide the full set of products and services we seek to offer.
In addition to these international regulatory risks, some of the other risks inherent in conducting business internationally include:
tax, licensing, political or other business restrictions or requirements;
uncertainty concerning import and export restrictions, including the risk of fines or penalties assessed for violations;
longer payment cycles and problems collecting accounts receivable;
domestic and foreign regulation of overseas operations, including regulation under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, as well as other anti-corruption laws;
economic, social and political instability, with the attendant risks of terrorism, kidnapping, extortion, civic unrest and potential seizure or nationalization of assets;
currency and exchange controls, repatriation restrictions and fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
challenges in securing and maintaining the necessary physical and telecommunications infrastructure;
the inability in certain jurisdictions to enforce contract rights either due to underdeveloped legal systems or government actions that result in a deprivation of contract rights;

27


the inability in certain jurisdictions to adequately protect intellectual property rights;
laws, policies or practices that restrict with whom we can contract or otherwise limit the scope of operations that can legally or practicably be conducted within any particular country;
potential submission of disputes to the jurisdiction of a foreign court or arbitration panel;
reliance on third parties, including those with which we have limited experience;
limitations in the availability, amount or terms of insurance coverage;
the imposition of unanticipated or increased taxes, increased communications or privacy regulations or other forms of public or governmental regulation that increase our operating expenses; and
challenges in staffing and managing foreign operations.
Many of these risks are beyond our control, and we cannot predict the nature or the likelihood of the occurrence or corresponding effect of any such events, each of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We do business and may in the future do additional business in certain countries or regions in which corruption is a serious problem. Moreover, in order to effectively compete in certain foreign jurisdictions, it is frequently necessary or required to establish joint ventures, strategic alliances or marketing arrangements with local operators, partners or agents. In certain instances, these local operators, partners or agents may have interests that are not always aligned with ours. Reliance on local operators, partners or agents could expose us to the risk of being unable to control the scope or quality of our overseas services or products, or being held liable under the FCPA or other anti-corruption laws for actions taken by our strategic or local partners or agents even though these partners or agents may not themselves be subject to the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws. Any determination that we have violated the FCPA or other anti-corruption laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, reputation or prospects.
We may not be able in the future to acquire new businesses on attractive terms.
Historically, much of our growth has been attributable to acquisitions. Our future ability to grow through additional acquisitions could be limited by several factors, including our leverage, debt covenants and inability to identify attractively-priced target companies. Moreover, we generally must devote significant management attention and resources to evaluate acquisition opportunities, which could preclude us from evaluating acquisition opportunities during periods when management is committed to other opportunities, tasks or activities. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to attain future growth through acquisitions. See "Risks Relating to Our Pending Acquisition of Level 3" for a discussion of certain specific risks raised by our pending acquisition of Level 3 and see the next risk factor immediately below for a discussion of certain general risks raised by acquisitions.
Any additional future acquisitions by us would subject us to additional business, operating and financial risks, the impact of which cannot presently be evaluated, and could adversely impact our capital structure or financial position.
In an effort to implement our business strategies, we may from time to time in the future pursue other acquisition or expansion opportunities, including strategic investments. These transactions could involve acquisitions of entire businesses or investments in start-up or established companies, and could take several forms, including mergers, joint ventures, investments in new lines of business, or the purchase of equity interests or assets. These types of transactions may present significant risks and uncertainties, including the difficulty of identifying appropriate companies to acquire or invest in on acceptable terms, distraction of management from current operations, insufficient revenue acquired to offset liabilities assumed, unexpected expenses, inadequate return of capital, regulatory or compliance issues, potential infringements, potential violations of covenants in our debt instruments and other unidentified issues not discovered in due diligence. To the extent we acquire part or all of a business that is financially unstable or is otherwise subject to a high level of risk, we may be affected by currently unascertainable risks of that business. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular business or assets that we may acquire. Moreover, we cannot guarantee that any such transaction will ultimately result in the realization of the benefits of the transaction originally anticipated by us or that any such transaction will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations. In particular, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to successfully integrate the technology systems, billing systems, accounting processes, sales force, cost structure, product development and service delivery processes, standards, controls, policies, strategies and culture of the acquired company with ours. In addition, the financing of any future acquisition completed by us could adversely impact our capital structure as any such financing would likely include the issuance of additional securities or the borrowing of additional funds.

28


Except as required by law or applicable securities exchange listing standards, we do not expect to ask our shareholders to vote on any proposed acquisition. Moreover, we generally do not announce our acquisitions until we have entered into a preliminary or definitive agreement.
Unfavorable general economic conditions could negatively impact our operating results and financial condition.
Unfavorable general economic conditions, including unstable economic and credit markets, could negatively affect our business. Worldwide economic growth has been sluggish since 2008, and many experts believe that a confluence of global factors may result in a prolonged period of economic stagnation, slow growth or economic uncertainty. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate impact of these general economic conditions, they could adversely affect demand for some of our products and services and could cause customers to shift to lower priced products and services or to delay or forego purchases of our products and services. These conditions impact, in particular, our ability to sell discretionary products or services to business customers that are under pressure to reduce costs or to governmental customers that have suffered substantial budget cuts in recent years. Any one or more of these circumstances could continue to depress our revenues. Also, our customers may encounter financial hardships or may not be able to obtain adequate access to credit, which could negatively impact their ability to make timely payments to us. In addition, as discussed further below, unstable economic and credit markets may preclude us from refinancing maturing debt at terms that are as favorable as those from which we previously benefited, at terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. For these reasons, among others, if current economic conditions persist or decline, our operating results, financial condition, and liquidity could be adversely affected.
For additional information about our business and operations, see "Business" in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report.
Risks Relating to Our Pending Acquisition of Level 3
The completion of the Level 3 acquisition is subject to several conditions, including the receipt of consents and approvals from government entities, which may impose conditions that could have an adverse effect on the combined company or could cause the proposed transaction to be abandoned.
The completion of the Level 3 acquisition is subject to a number of conditions, including, among others, the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act and the receipt of approvals from the FCC and certain other governmental entities. In deciding whether to grant some of these approvals, the relevant governmental entity will make a determination of whether, among other things, the transaction is in the public interest. We cannot provide any assurance that the necessary approvals will be obtained.
In addition, regulatory entities may impose certain requirements or obligations as conditions for their approval or in connection with their review. The merger agreement may require CenturyLink or Level 3 to accept conditions from these regulators that could adversely affect the combined company without either of CenturyLink or Level 3 having the right to refuse to close the acquisition on the basis of those regulatory conditions. While we are not required to accept conditions that would or would reasonably be likely to have a material adverse effect on the combined company (assuming for these purposes that the combined company is the size of CenturyLink), this assessment will be made at or prior to the closing and we cannot provide any assurance that any required conditions will not have a material adverse effect on the combined company following the proposed acquisition. In addition, we cannot provide any assurance that these conditions will not result in the abandonment of the acquisition.
It could take longer to receive the requisite governmental consents and approvals than currently anticipated. Any delay in completing the acquisition, whether caused by regulatory delays or otherwise, could cause us, Level 3, as well as the combined company, to incur extra transaction expenses or to delay or fail to realize fully the benefits that we currently expect to receive if the acquisition is successfully completed within the expected time frame.

29


Failure to complete the acquisition could negatively affect our stock price and our future business and financial results.
 If the Level 3 acquisition is not completed, our ongoing businesses may be adversely affected and we will be subject to several risks, including the following:
the possibility that we could be required to pay Level 3 a substantial termination fee and, in some cases, certain expenses of Level 3 if the acquisition is terminated under certain qualifying circumstances;
the incurrence of costs and expenses relating to the proposed acquisition, such as financing, legal, accounting, financial advisor, filing, printing and mailing fees and expenses, including the potential expense reimbursement obligations described above;
the possibility of a change in the trading price of our common stock to the extent current trading prices reflect a market assumption that the acquisition will be completed;
the possibility that we could suffer potential negative reactions from our employees, customers or vendors; and
the possibility that we could suffer adverse consequences associated with our management's focus on the acquisition instead of on pursuing other opportunities that could have been beneficial to us, without realizing any of the benefits contemplated by the acquisition.
In addition, if the acquisition is not completed, we could be subject to litigation related to any failure to complete the acquisition or to perform our obligations under the merger agreement.
If the acquisition is not completed, we cannot assure you that these risks will not materialize and will not materially affect our business financial results and stock price.
Our merger agreement with Level 3 contains provisions that could discourage a potential competing acquirer of us or could result in any competing proposal being at a lower price than it might otherwise be.
Our merger agreement with Level 3 contains "no-shop" provisions that, subject to limited exceptions, restrict our ability to solicit, encourage, facilitate or discuss competing third-party proposals to acquire all or a significant part of CenturyLink. In some circumstances on termination of the merger agreement, we may be required to pay a termination fee or expenses to Level 3. These provisions could discourage a potential competing acquirer that might have an interest in acquiring all or a significant part of us from considering or proposing that acquisition, even if it were prepared to pay an attractive purchase price, or might result in a potential competing acquirer proposing to pay a lower price than it might otherwise have proposed to pay because of the added expense of the termination fee or expenses that may become payable in certain circumstances. If the merger agreement is terminated and we attempt to seek another business acquisition, we may not be able to negotiate a transaction with another party on terms comparable or better than the terms of the Level 3 acquisition.
The pendency of the Level 3 acquisition could adversely affect the business and operations of CenturyLink or Level 3.
 In connection with the pending Level 3 acquisition, some of the customers or vendors of CenturyLink or Level 3 may delay or defer decisions or reduce their level of business with either or both of the companies, any of which could negatively affect the revenues, earnings, cash flows and expenses of CenturyLink or Level 3, regardless of whether the acquisition is completed. Similarly, current and prospective employees of CenturyLink and Level 3 may experience uncertainty about their future roles with the combined company following the acquisition, which may materially adversely affect the ability of each of CenturyLink or Level 3 to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing, operational and technical personnel during the pendency of the acquisition. In addition, due to operating covenants in the merger agreement, each of CenturyLink and Level 3 may be unable, during the pendency of the acquisition, to pursue strategic transactions, undertake significant capital projects, undertake certain significant financing transactions and otherwise pursue other actions that are not in the ordinary course of business, even if such actions would prove beneficial. Any of these effects could have an adverse effect on the ability to generate revenue at anticipated levels prior to the completion of the acquisition. Moreover, the pursuit of the acquisition and the preparation for the integration of the companies may place a significant burden on the management and personnel of both companies. The diversion of management's attention away from operating the companies in the ordinary course could adversely affect CenturyLink's and Level 3's financial results.

30


Current CenturyLink shareholders may have a reduced ownership and voting interest in the combined company after the Level 3 acquisition.
CenturyLink expects to issue or reserve for issuance approximately 538 million shares of CenturyLink common stock to Level 3 stockholders in connection with the acquisition (including shares of CenturyLink common stock to be issued in connection with outstanding Level 3 equity awards). Upon completion of the Level 3 acquisition, each CenturyLink shareholder will remain a shareholder of CenturyLink with a percentage ownership of the combined company that may be smaller than the shareholder's percentage of CenturyLink prior to the transaction, depending upon such shareholder's current ownership of Level 3 shares. As a result of these potentially reduced ownership percentages, CenturyLink shareholders may have less voting power in the combined company than they now have with respect to CenturyLink.
We expect to incur substantial expenses related to the Level 3 acquisition.
 We expect to incur substantial expenses in connection with completing the acquisition and integrating our business, operations, networks, systems, technologies, policies and procedures with those of Level 3. There are a large number of systems that will likely be integrated, including management information, purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, payroll and benefits, fixed asset, lease administration and regulatory compliance systems. While we have assumed that a certain level of transaction and integration expenses would be incurred, there are a number of factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount or the timing of our integration expenses. Many of the expenses that will be incurred, by their nature, are difficult to estimate accurately at the present time. Due to these factors, the transaction and integration expenses associated with the acquisition are likely in the near term to exceed the savings that we expect to achieve from the elimination of duplicative expenses and the realization of economies of scale and cost savings related to the integration of the businesses following the completion of the acquisition. As a result of these expenses, we expect to take charges against our earnings before and after the completion of the acquisition. The charges taken after the acquisition are expected to be significant, although the aggregate amount and timing of such charges are uncertain at present.
Following the Level 3 acquisition, the combined company may be unable to integrate successfully our business and Level 3’s business and realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.
The proposed transaction involves the combination of two companies which currently operate as independent public companies. The combined company will be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating the business practices and operations of CenturyLink and Level 3. Potential difficulties the combined company may encounter in the integration process include the following:
the inability to successfully combine our business and Level 3’s business in a manner that permits the combined company to achieve the cost savings and operating synergies anticipated to result from the acquisition, which would result in the anticipated benefits of the acquisition not being realized in the time frame currently anticipated or at all;
lost sales and customers as a result of certain customers of either of the two companies deciding to terminate or reduce their business with the combined company;
the complexities associated with managing the combined businesses out of several different locations and integrating personnel from the two companies, while at the same time attempting to (i) provide consistent, high quality products and services under a unified culture and (ii) focus on other on-going transactions, including the pending divestiture of our data centers and colocation business and related transactions;
the additional complexities of combining two companies with different histories, regulatory restrictions, operating structures and markets;
the failure to retain key employees of either of the two companies;
potential unknown liabilities and unforeseen increased expenses, delays or regulatory conditions associated with the acquisition; and
performance shortfalls at one or both of the two companies as a result of the diversion of management’s attention caused by completing the acquisition and integrating the companies’ operations.
For all these reasons, you should be aware that it is possible that the integration process could result in the distraction of the combined company’s management, the disruption of the combined company’s ongoing business or inconsistencies in the combined company’s products, services, standards, controls, procedures and policies, any of which could adversely affect the ability of the combined company to maintain relationships with customers, vendors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, or could otherwise adversely affect the business and financial results of the combined company. 

31


Following the Level 3 acquisition, we may be unable to retain key employees. 
The success of the combined company after the acquisition will depend in part upon its ability to retain key Level 3 and CenturyLink employees. Key employees may depart either before or after the acquisition because of issues relating to the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with the combined company following the acquisition. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we, Level 3 and, following the acquisition, the combined company will be able to retain key employees to the same extent as in the past. 
In connection with the Level 3 acquisition, we will incur and assume a substantial amount of indebtedness and the agreements that will govern the indebtedness to be incurred or assumed by us are expected to contain various covenants and other provisions that impose restrictions on our ability to operate.
As a result of incurring the debt financing for the Level 3 acquisition and assuming Level 3's existing consolidated indebtedness in connection with the acquisition, we will become more leveraged. This could have material adverse consequences for us, including those listed below under the heading "Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our high debt levels expose us to a broad range of risks."
The agreements that will govern the indebtedness to be incurred or assumed by us in connection with the acquisition are expected to contain certain affiliate guarantees and pledges of stock of certain affiliates and various affirmative and negative covenants that may, subject to certain significant exceptions, restrict the ability of us and certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things, pledge property, incur additional indebtedness, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make loans, advances or other investments, make non-ordinary course asset sales, declare or pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to equity interest, merge or consolidate with any other person or sell or convey certain assets to any one person, among various other things. In particular, certain covenants contained in Level 3's indebtedness to be assumed by us may restrict our ability to distribute cash from Level 3 to other of our affiliated entities, or enter into other transactions among our wholly owned subsidiaries. In addition, some of the agreements that govern the debt financing are expected to contain financial covenants that will require us to maintain certain financial ratios. The ability of us and our subsidiaries to comply with these provisions may be affected by events beyond our and their control. Failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could accelerate our debt repayment obligations. Certain of our debt instruments have cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions. When present, these provisions could have a wider impact on liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument. For additional information, see "Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Following the Level 3 acquisition, we plan to conduct rebranding initiatives that are likely to involve substantial costs and may not be favorably received by customers. 
Prior to the Level 3 acquisition, CenturyLink and Level 3 will each continue to market their respective products and services using the “CenturyLink” and “Level 3” brand names and logos. Following the acquisition, “CenturyLink” will be the brand name of the combined company. As a result, we expect to incur substantial costs in rebranding the combined company’s products and services in those markets that previously used the "Level 3" name, and may incur write-offs associated with the discontinued use of Level 3's brand names. We cannot assure you that customers will be receptive to our proposed rebranding efforts. The failure of any of these initiatives could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers after the acquisition, resulting in reduced revenues.
Consummation of the Level 3 acquisition will increase our exposure to the risk of operating internationally.
CenturyLink and, to a greater extent, Level 3 conduct international operations, which expose each of them to the risks described under the heading "Risks Effecting Our Business—Our international operations expose us to various regulatory, currency, tax, legal and other risks." Consummation of the Level 3 acquisition will generally increase our exposure to these risks. In particular, our acquisition of Level 3 will increase our exposure to currency exchange rate risks and currency transfer restrictions. Moreover, the acquisition of Level 3's Latin American operations will expose CenturyLink to the economic and political risks of operating in those markets.
Level 3 has only recently generated net income, and has generated substantial net losses in the past.
As indicated in Level 3's consolidated financial statements included in its reports filed with the SEC, Level 3 has only generated net income for its three most recently completed full fiscal years, and generated substantial losses prior to then.

32


Counterparties to certain significant agreements with Level 3 may exercise contractual rights to terminate such agreements following the Level 3 acquisition.
Level 3 is a party to certain agreements that give the counterparty a right under certain conditions to terminate the agreement following a "change in control" of Level 3. Under most such agreements, the Level 3 acquisition will constitute a change in control and therefore the counterparty may terminate the agreement upon the closing of the acquisition, subject to the terms and conditions specified in such agreements. Level 3 has agreements subject to such termination provisions with significant customers, major suppliers and providers of services where Level 3 has acted as reseller or sales agent. In addition, certain Level 3 customer contracts, including those with state or federal government agencies, allow the customer to terminate the contract at any time for convenience, which would allow the customer to terminate its contract before, at or after the closing of the acquisition. Any such counterparty may request modifications of their respective agreements as a condition to foregoing exercise of their termination rights. There is no assurance that such agreements will not be terminated, that any such terminations will not result in a material adverse effect, or that any modifications of such agreements to avoid termination will not result in a material adverse effect.
We may be unable to obtain security clearances necessary to perform certain Level 3 government contracts.
Certain Level 3 legal entities and officers have security clearances required for Level 3's performance of customer contracts with various government entities. Following the acquisition, it may be necessary for us to obtain comparable security clearances. If we or our officers are unable to qualify for such security clearances, we may not be able to continue to perform such contracts.
We cannot assure you whether, when or in what amounts we will be able to use Level 3’s net operating loss carryforwards following the Level 3 acquisition. 
As of December 31, 2016, Level 3 had approximately $9.0 billion of net operating loss carryforwards, ("NOLs"), which for U.S. federal income tax purposes can be used to offset future taxable income, subject to certain limitations under Section 382 of the Code and related Treasury regulations. Our ability to use these NOLs following the Level 3 acquisition would likely be further limited by Section 382 if Level 3 is deemed to undergo an ownership change as a result of the acquisition or CenturyLink is deemed to undergo an ownership change following the acquisition, either of which could restrict use of a material portion of the NOLs. Determining the limitations under Section 382 is technical and highly complex. Although the parties, based on their review to date, currently believe that Level 3 will undergo an ownership change as a result of the acquisition, neither company has definitively completed the analysis necessary to confirm this. Moreover, issuances or sales of our stock following the acquisition (including certain transactions outside of our control) could result in an ownership change of CenturyLink under Section 382, which may further limit its use of the NOLs. For these and other reasons, we cannot assure you that we will be able to use the NOLs after the acquisition in the amounts we project.
Our pending acquisition of Level 3 raises other risks.
 Our pending acquisition of Level 3 and, upon completion thereof, our ownership of Level 3 raise additional risks not described above. For additional information, see (i) the definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus filed with the SEC by us on February 13, 2017 and (ii) Level 3's most recently filed annual report on Form 10-K, as updated by its subsequent quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.
Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory Matters
We operate in a highly regulated industry and are therefore exposed to restrictions on our operations and a variety of claims relating to such regulation.
General. We are subject to significant regulation by, among others, (i) the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”), which regulates interstate communications, (ii) state utility commissions, which regulate intrastate communications, and (iii) various foreign governments and international bodies, which regulate our international operations. Generally, we must obtain and maintain certificates of authority or licenses from these bodies in most territories where we offer regulated services. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in obtaining or retaining all licenses necessary to carry out our business plan, and, even if we are, the prescribed service standards and conditions imposed on us in connection with obtaining or acquiring control of these licenses may impose on us substantial costs and limitations. We are also subject to numerous requirements and interpretations under various international, federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, which are quite detailed and occasionally in conflict with each other. Accordingly, we cannot ensure that we are always considered to be in compliance with all these requirements at any single point in time. The agencies responsible for the enforcement of these laws, rules and regulations may initiate inquiries or actions based on customer complaints or on their own initiative. Even if we are ultimately found to have complied with applicable regulations, such actions or inquiries could create adverse publicity that negatively impacts our business.

33


Regulation of the telecommunications industry continues to change, and the regulatory environment varies substantially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. A substantial portion of our local voice services revenue remains subject to FCC and state utility commission pricing regulation, which periodically exposes us to pricing or earnings disputes and could expose us to unanticipated price declines. In addition, from time to time carriers or other third parties refuse to pay for certain of our services, challenge our rights to receive certain service payments, file complaints requesting rate reductions or take other similar actions that have the potential to reduce our revenues. Our future revenues, costs, and capital investment could be adversely affected by material changes to or decisions regarding the applicability of government requirements, including, but not limited to, changes in rules governing intercarrier compensation, state and federal USF support, competition policies, pricing limitations or operational restrictions. There can be no assurance that future regulatory, judicial or legislative activities will not have a material adverse effect on our operations, or that regulators or third parties will not raise material issues with regard to our compliance or noncompliance with applicable regulations.
Changes in the composition and leadership of the FCC, state commissions and other agencies that regulate our business could have significant impacts on our revenues, expenses, competitive position and prospects. Changes in the composition and leadership of these agencies are often difficult to predict, and make future planning more difficult.
Risks associated with recent changes in regulation. Changes in regulation can have a material impact on our business, revenues or financial performance. Recent changes in federal regulations have substantially impacted our operations. In October 2011, the FCC adopted an order providing for a multi-year transition to a regulatory structure that reduces intercarrier compensation charges, redeploys universal service funding to newer technologies, and increases certain end-user charges. These changes, coupled with our participation in the new FCC support programs, has significantly impacted various aspects of our operations, financial results and capital expenditures, including the amount of revenues we collect from our wholesale customers and our receipt of federal support payments. We expect these impacts will continue in the future. For more information, see "Business—Regulation" in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.
In addition, during the last few years Congress or the FCC has initiated various other changes, including various broadband and Internet regulation initiatives including “network neutrality” regulations (as discussed further below) and actions that will restrict our ability to discontinue or reduce certain services, even if unprofitable. In 2016, the FCC initiated rulemaking regarding the regulation of business data services. This rulemaking, which remains pending, could adversely affect our operations or financial results. Many of the FCC’s regulations adopted in recent years remain subject to judicial review and additional rulemakings, thus increasing the difficulty of determining the ultimate impact of these changes on us and our competitors.
Certain states have recently taken steps that could reduce the amount of their universal service support payments to incumbent local exchange companies. If these trends continue, we would suffer a reduction in our revenues from state support programs.
Risks of higher costs. Regulations continue to create significant operating and capital costs for us. Challenges to our tariffs by regulators or third parties or delays in obtaining certifications and regulatory approvals could cause us to incur substantial legal and administrative expenses, and, if successful, such challenges could adversely affect the rates that we are able to charge our customers.
Our business also may be impacted by legislation and regulation imposing new or greater obligations related to regulations or laws related to regulating broadband services, storing records, bolstering homeland security or cyber security, increasing disaster recovery requirements, minimizing environmental impacts, enhancing privacy, restricting data collection, protecting intellectual property rights of third parties, or addressing other issues that impact our business, including (i) the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, which requires communications carriers to ensure that their equipment, facilities, and services are able to facilitate authorized electronic surveillance, (ii) the USA Freedom Act, which requires communication companies to store records of communications of their customers, and (iii) laws that have significantly enhanced our responsibilities relating to data security in certain jurisdictions. We expect our compliance costs to increase if future laws or regulations continue to increase our obligations.
Increased risks of fines. We have recently paid certain regulatory fines associated with network or service outages, particularly with respect to outages impacting the availability of emergency - 911 services. Over the past couple of years, we believe that regulators have assessed substantially higher fines than in the past for these types of incidents, and it is possible this trend will continue.

34


Risks of reduced flexibility. As a diversified full service incumbent local exchange carrier in many of our key operating markets, we have traditionally been subject to significant regulation that does not apply to many of our competitors. This regulation in many instances restricts our ability to change rates, to compete and to respond rapidly to changing industry conditions. In particular, cable television companies in recent years have been able to exploit differences in regulatory oversight, which we believe has helped them to develop service offerings competitive with ours. As our business becomes increasingly competitive, regulatory disparities between us and our competitors could increasingly impede our ability to compete.
Risks posed by other regulations. All of our operations are also subject to a variety of environmental, safety, health and other governmental regulations. We monitor our compliance with federal, state and local regulations governing the management, discharge and disposal of hazardous and environmentally sensitive materials. Although we believe that we are in compliance with these regulations in all material respects, our management, discharge or disposal of hazardous and environmentally sensitive materials might expose us to claims or actions that could potentially have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. For a discussion of regulatory risks associated with our international operations, see “Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business—Our international operations expose us to various regulatory, currency, tax, legal and other risks."
Our participation in the FCC's Connect America Fund ("CAF") Phase 2 support program poses certain risks.
Our participation in the FCC's CAF Phase 2 support program subjects us to certain financial risks. If we fail to attain certain specified infrastructure buildout requirements, the FCC could withhold future CAF support payments until these shortcomings are rectified. In addition, if we are not in compliance with FCC measures by the end of the CAF Phase 2 program, we would incur substantial penalties. To comply with the FCC's buildout requirements, we believe we will need to dedicate a substantial portion of our future capital expenditure budget to the construction of new infrastructure. The CAF-related expenditures could reduce the amount of funds we are willing or able to allocate to other initiatives or projects.
Regulation of the Internet could limit our ability to operate our broadband business profitably and to manage our broadband facilities efficiently.
In order to continue to provide quality broadband service at attractive prices, we believe we need the continued flexibility to respond to changing consumer demands, to manage bandwidth usage efficiently for the benefit of all customers and to invest in our networks. In 2015, the FCC adopted new regulations that regulate broadband services as a public utility under Title II of the Communications Act. The ultimate impact of the new regulations will depend on several factors, including the manner in which the new regulations are implemented and enforced and whether those regulations are altered by the newly-constituted FCC or Congress. Although it is premature for us to determine the ultimate impact of the new regulations upon our operations, we currently anticipate that implementation of the proposed rules could hamper our ability to operate our data networks efficiently, restrict our ability to implement network management practices necessary to ensure quality service, increase the cost of network extensions and upgrades, and otherwise negatively impact our current operations. Our service offerings could become subject to additional laws and regulations as they are adopted or applied to the Internet. As the significance of the Internet expands, federal, state, local or foreign governments may adopt new laws or regulations, or apply existing laws and regulations to the Internet. We cannot predict the outcome of any such changes.
We may be liable for the material that content providers distribute over our network.
Although we believe our liability for third party information stored on or transmitted through our networks is limited, the liability of private network operators is impacted both by changing technology and evolving legal principles that remain unsettled in many jurisdictions. As a private network provider, we could be exposed to legal claims relating to third party content stored or transmitted on our networks. Such claims could involve, among others, allegations of defamation, invasion of privacy, copyright infringement, or aiding and abetting restricted activities such as online gambling or pornography. If we decide to implement additional measures to reduce our exposure to these risks, or if we are required to defend ourselves against these kinds of claims, our operations and financial results could be negatively affected.
Any adverse outcome in any of our pending key legal proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results, on the trading price of our securities and on our ability to access the capital markets.
There are several material proceedings pending against us, as described in Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. Results of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. Irrespective of its merits, litigation may be both lengthy and disruptive to our operations and could cause significant expenditure and diversion of management attention. Any of the proceedings described in Note 16, as well as current litigation not described therein or future litigation, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or operating results. We can give you no assurances as to the impact of these matters on our operating results or financial condition.

35


We are subject to franchising requirements that could impede our expansion opportunities or result in potential fines or penalties.
We may be required to obtain from municipal authorities operating franchises to install or expand certain facilities related to our fiber transport operations, our competitive local exchange carrier operations, and our facilities-based video services. Some of these franchises may require us to pay franchise fees. Many of our franchise agreements have compliance obligations and failure to comply may result in fines or penalties. In some cases, certain franchise requirements could delay us in expanding our operations or increase the costs of providing these services.
We are exposed to risks arising out of recent legislation affecting U.S. public companies.
Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and related regulations implemented thereunder, have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and made some activities more time consuming. Any failure to successfully or timely complete annual assessments of our internal controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could subject us to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities. Any such action could adversely affect our financial results or our reputation with investors, lenders or others.
Changes in any of the above-described laws or regulations may limit our ability to plan, and could subject us to further costs or constraints.
From time to time, the laws or regulations governing us or our customers, or the government’s policy of enforcing those laws or regulations, have changed frequently and materially. The variability of these laws could hamper the ability of us and our customers to plan for the future or establish long-term strategies. Moreover, future changes in these laws or regulations could further increase our operating or compliance costs, or further restrict our operational flexibility, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, competitive position, financial condition or prospects.
For a more thorough discussion of the regulatory issues that may affect our business, see "Business—Regulation" in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report.
Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our high debt levels expose us to a broad range of risks.
We continue to carry significant debt. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate principal amount of our consolidated long-term debt, excluding unamortized discounts, net, unamortized debt issuance costs and capital lease and other obligations, was $19.879 billion. As of the date of this annual report, $2.715 billion aggregate principal amount of this long-term debt is scheduled to mature prior to December 31, 2019. While we currently believe we will have the financial resources to meet or refinance our obligations when they come due, we cannot fully anticipate our future performance or financial condition, the future condition of the credit markets or the economy generally.
Our significant levels of debt can adversely affect us in several other respects, including:
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, refinancings or other general corporate purposes, particularly if, as discussed further in the risk factor disclosure below, (i) the ratings assigned to our debt securities by nationally recognized credit rating organizations are revised downward or (ii) we seek capital during periods of turbulent or unsettled market conditions;
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal on our debt, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes, including acquisitions, capital expenditures, strategic initiatives, dividends, stock repurchases, marketing and other potential growth initiatives;
hindering our ability to capitalize on business opportunities and to plan for or react to changing market, industry, competitive or economic conditions;
increasing our future borrowing costs;
increasing the risk that third parties will be unwilling or unable to engage in hedging or other financial or commercial arrangements with us;
making us more vulnerable to economic or industry downturns, including interest rate increases;
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less leveraged competitors;

36


increasing the risk that we will need to sell securities or assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, or take other unfavorable actions to meet payment obligations; or
increasing the risk that we may not meet the financial covenants contained in our debt agreements or timely make all required debt payments, either of which could result in the acceleration of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness.
The effects of each of these factors could be intensified if we increase our borrowings.
Any failure to make required debt payments could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to conduct operations or raise capital.
Our debt agreements and the debt agreements of our subsidiaries allow us to incur significantly more debt, which could exacerbate the other risks described in this annual report.
The terms of our debt instruments and the debt instruments of our subsidiaries permit us to incur additional indebtedness. Additional debt may be necessary for many reasons, including those discussed above. Incremental borrowings that impose additional financial risks could exacerbate the other risks described in this annual report.
We expect to periodically require financing, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness that we intend to refinance over the next several years, principally through the issuance of debt securities of CenturyLink, Inc., Qwest Corporation or both. Our ability to arrange additional financing will depend on, among other factors, our financial position, performance, and credit ratings, as well as prevailing market conditions and other factors beyond our control. Global financial markets continue to be volatile. Prevailing market conditions could be adversely affected by (i) general market conditions, such as disruptions in domestic or overseas sovereign or corporate debt markets, geo-political instabilities, contractions or limited growth in the economy or other similar adverse economic developments in the U.S. or abroad and (ii) specific conditions in the communications industry. Volatility in the global markets could limit our access to the credit markets, leading to higher borrowing costs or, in some cases, the inability to obtain financing on terms that are as favorable as those from which we previously benefited, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Any such failure to obtain additional financing could jeopardize our ability to repay, refinance or reduce our debt obligations.
We may also need to obtain additional financing under a variety of other circumstances, including if:
revenues and cash provided by operations decline;
economic conditions weaken, competitive pressures increase or regulatory requirements change;
we engage in additional acquisitions or undertake substantial capital projects or other initiatives that increase our cash requirements;
we are required to contribute a material amount of cash to our pension plans;
we are required to begin to pay other post-retirement benefits earlier than anticipated;
our payments of federal income taxes increase faster or in greater amounts than currently anticipated; or
we become subject to significant judgments or settlements, including in connection with one or more of the matters discussed in Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
For all the reasons mentioned above, we can give no assurance that additional financing for any of these purposes will be available on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.
In addition, our ability to borrow funds in the future will depend in part on the satisfaction of the covenants in our credit facilities and other debt instruments. If we are unable to satisfy the covenants contained in those instruments, or are unable to generate cash sufficient to make required debt payments, the parties to whom we are indebted could accelerate the maturity of some or all of our outstanding indebtedness. Certain of our debt instruments have cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions. When present, these provisions could have a wider impact on liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument.

37


As noted above, if we are unable to make required debt payments or refinance our debt, we would likely have to consider other options, such as selling assets, issuing additional securities, reducing or terminating our dividend payments, cutting costs or otherwise reducing our cash requirements, or negotiating with our lenders to restructure our applicable debt. Our current and future debt instruments may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to do some of these things on favorable terms, or at all.
Any downgrade in the credit ratings of us or our affiliates could limit our ability to obtain future financing, increase our borrowing costs and adversely affect the market price of our existing debt securities or otherwise impair our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Nationally recognized credit rating organizations have issued credit ratings relating to CenturyLink, Inc.'s long-term debt and the long-term debt of several of its subsidiaries. Most of these ratings are below “investment grade”, which results in higher borrowing costs than "investment grade" debt as well as reduced marketability of our debt securities. There can be no assurance that any rating assigned to any of these debt securities will remain in effect for any given period of time or that any such ratings will not be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, circumstances so warrant.
A downgrade of any of these credit ratings could:
adversely affect the market price of some or all of our outstanding debt or equity securities;
limit our access to the capital markets or otherwise adversely affect the availability of other new financing on favorable terms, if at all;
trigger the application of restrictive covenants in certain of our debt agreements or result in new or more restrictive covenants in agreements governing the terms of any future indebtedness that we may incur;
increase our cost of borrowing; and
impair our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Under certain circumstances upon a change of control, we will be obligated to offer to repurchase certain of our outstanding debt securities, which could have certain adverse ramifications.
If the credit ratings relating to certain of our currently outstanding long-term debt securities are downgraded in the manner specified thereunder in connection with a “change of control” of CenturyLink, Inc., then we will be required to offer to repurchase such debt securities. If, due to lack of cash, legal or contractual impediments, or otherwise, we fail to offer to repurchase such debt securities, such failure could constitute an event of default under such debt securities, which could in turn constitute a default under other of our agreements relating to our indebtedness outstanding at that time. Moreover, the existence of these repurchase covenants may in certain circumstances render it more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us, or the removal of our incumbent directors.
Our business requires us to incur substantial capital and operating expenses, which reduce our available free cash flow.
Our business is capital intensive, and we anticipate that our capital requirements will continue to be significant in the coming years.
We expect to invest additional capital to expand and enhance our network infrastructure as a result of several factors, including:
our regulatory commitments, including infrastructure construction requirements arising out of our participation in the FCC's CAF Phase 2 program, which are discussed further herein;
increased demands by customers to transmit larger amounts of data at faster speeds;
changes in customers' service requirements;
technological advances of our competitors; or
the development and launch of new services.
We may be unable to expand or adapt our network infrastructure to respond to these developments in a timely manner, at a commercially reasonable cost or on terms producing satisfactory returns on our investment.

38


In addition to investing in expanded networks, new products or new technologies, we must from time to time invest capital to (i) replace some of our aging equipment that supports many of our legacy services that are experiencing revenue declines or (ii) convert older systems to simplify and modernize our network. While we believe that our currently planned level of capital expenditures will meet both our maintenance and core growth requirements, this may not be the case if demands on our network continue to accelerate or other circumstances underlying our expectations change. Increased spending could, among other things, adversely affect our operating margins, cash flows, results of operations and financial position.
Similarly, we continue to anticipate incurring substantial operating expenses to support our incumbent services and growth initiatives. We may be unable to sufficiently manage or reduce these costs, even if revenues in some of our lines of business are decreasing. If so, our operating margins will be adversely impacted.
Our senior notes are unsecured and will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness.
Our currently outstanding senior notes are unsecured and are effectively subordinated to any of our existing or future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including, upon consummation of the Level 3 acquisition, any newly-incurred acquisition financing secured by subsidiary guarantees or pledges of stock of selected subsidiaries. In the event of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the stock that serve as collateral for any secured indebtedness would generally be available to satisfy our obligations under such secured indebtedness, and would not be expected to be available to satisfy other claims.
As a holding company, we rely on payments from our operating companies to meet our obligations.
As a holding company, substantially all of our income and operating cash flow is dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and their distribution of those earnings to us in the form of dividends, loans or other payments. As a result, we rely upon our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our obligations, including the payment of amounts owed under our long-term debt. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to pay any amounts owed by us or, subject to limited exceptions for tax-sharing or cash management purposes, to make any funds available to us to repay our obligations, whether by dividends, loans or other payments. State law applicable to each of our subsidiaries restricts the amount of dividends that they may pay. Restrictions that have been or may be imposed by state regulators (either in connection with obtaining necessary approvals for our acquisitions or in connection with our regulated operations), and restrictions imposed by credit instruments or other agreements applicable to certain of our subsidiaries may limit the amount of funds that our subsidiaries are permitted to transfer to us, including the amount of dividends that may be paid to us. Moreover, our rights to receive assets of any subsidiary upon its liquidation or reorganization will be effectively subordinated to the claims of creditors of that subsidiary, including trade creditors. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” included elsewhere in this annual report for further discussion of these matters.
We cannot assure you that we will continue paying dividends at the current rates, or at all.
For the reasons noted below, we cannot assure you that we will continue periodic dividends on our capital stock at the current rates, or at all.
As noted in the immediately preceding risk factor, because we are a holding company with no material assets other than the stock of our subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends will depend on the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries and their ability to furnish funds to us in the form of dividends, loans or other payments.
Any quarterly dividends on our common stock and our outstanding shares of preferred stock will be paid from funds legally available for such purpose when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors. Decisions on whether, when and in which amounts to continue making any future dividend distributions will remain at all times entirely at the discretion of our Board of Directors, which reserves the right to change or terminate our dividend practices at any time and for any reason without prior notice, including without limitation any of the following:
our supply of cash or other liquid assets is anticipated to remain under pressure due to declining cash flows from operating activities, increased payments of post-retirement benefits and our projected payment of higher cash taxes prior to the pending Level 3 acquisition and might be further negatively impacted by any of the potential adverse events or developments described in this annual report, including (i) changes in competition, regulation, federal and state support, technology, taxes, capital markets, operating costs or litigation costs, or (ii) the impact of any liquidity shortfalls caused by the below-described restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to lawfully transfer cash to us;

39


our cash requirements or plans might change for a wide variety of reasons, including changes in our capital allocation plans (including a desire to retain or accumulate cash), capital spending plans, stock purchase plans, acquisition strategies, strategic initiatives, debt payment plans (including a desire to maintain or improve credit ratings on our debt securities), pension funding payments, or financial position;
our ability to service and refinance our current and future indebtedness and our ability to borrow or raise additional capital to satisfy our capital needs;
the amount of dividends that we may distribute to our shareholders is subject to restrictions under Louisiana law and restrictions imposed by our existing or future credit facilities, debt securities, outstanding preferred stock securities, leases and other agreements, including restricted payment and leverage covenants; and
the amount of cash that our subsidiaries may make available to us, whether by dividends, loans or other payments, may be subject to the legal, regulatory and contractual restrictions described in the immediately preceding risk factor.
Based on its evaluation of these and other relevant factors, our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, decide not to declare a dividend on our common stock or our outstanding shares of preferred stock for any period for any reason without prior notice, regardless of whether we have funds legally available for such purposes. Holders of our equity securities should be aware that they have no contractual or other legal right to receive dividends.
Similarly, holders of our common stock should be aware that repurchases of our common stock under any repurchase plan then in effect are completely discretionary, and may be suspended or discontinued at any time for any reason regardless of our financial position.
Our current dividend practices could limit our ability to deploy cash for other beneficial purposes.
The current practice of our Board of Directors to pay common share dividends reflects a current intention to distribute to our shareholders a substantial portion of our cash flow. As a result, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to apply to other transactions that could be beneficial to our shareholders or debtholders, including stock buybacks, debt prepayments or capital expenditures that strengthen our business. In addition, our ability to pursue any material expansion of our business through acquisitions or increased capital spending may depend more than it otherwise would on our ability to obtain third party financing.
We cannot assure you whether, when or in what amounts we will be able to use our net operating loss carryforwards, or when they will be depleted.
At December 31, 2016, we had state NOL carryforwards of approximately $11.9 billion. A significant portion of the state NOL carryforwards are generated in states where separate company income tax returns are filed and our subsidiaries that generated the losses may not have the ability to generate income in sufficient amounts to realize these losses. In addition, certain of these state NOL carryforwards will be limited by state laws related to ownership changes. As a result, we expect to utilize only a small portion of the state NOL carryforwards, and consequently have determined that as of December 31, 2016, these state NOL carryforwards, net of federal benefit, had a net tax benefit (after valuation allowance) of $131 million.
Increases in costs for pension and healthcare benefits for our active and retired employees may reduce our profitability and increase our funding commitments.
With approximately 36,000 active employees, approximately 72,000 active and retired employees and surviving spouses eligible for post-retirement benefits, approximately 68,000 pension retirees and approximately 14,000 former employees with vested pension benefits participating in our benefit plans as of December 31, 2016, the costs of pension and healthcare benefits for our active and retired employees have a significant impact on our profitability. Our costs of maintaining our pension and healthcare plans, and the future funding requirements for these plans, are affected by several factors, most of which are outside our control, including:
decreases in investment returns on funds held by our pension and other benefit plan trusts;
changes in prevailing interest rates and discount rates or other factors used to calculate the funding status of our pension and other post-retirement plans;
increases in healthcare costs generally or claims submitted under our healthcare plans specifically;
increasing longevity of our employees and retirees;
the impact of the continuing implementation, modification or potential repeal of current federal healthcare legislation and regulations promulgated thereunder;

40


increases in the number of retirees who elect to receive lump sum benefit payments;
increases in insurance premiums we are required to pay to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, an independent agency of the United States government that must cover its own underfunded status by collecting premiums from an ever shrinking population of pension plans that are qualified under the U.S. tax code;
changes in plan benefits; and
changes in funding laws or regulations.
Increased costs under these plans could reduce our profitability and increase our funding commitments to our pension plans. Any future material cash contributions could have a negative impact on our liquidity by reducing our cash flows available for other purposes. Similarly, depletion of assets placed in trust by us to fund these benefits, such as those discussed elsewhere herein, will similarly reduce our liquidity by reducing our cash flows available for other purposes.
As of December 31, 2016, our pension plans and our other post-retirement benefit plans were substantially underfunded from an accounting standpoint. See Note 9—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this annual report. For more information on our obligations under our defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Obligations” included in Item 7 of this annual report.
For additional information concerning our liquidity and capital resources, see Item 7 of this annual report. For a discussion of certain currency and liquidity risks associated with our international operations, see "Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business—Our international operations expose us to various regulatory, currency, tax, legal and other risks."
Other Risks
We face risks from natural disasters, which can disrupt our operations and cause us to incur substantial additional capital and operating costs.
A substantial number of our facilities are located in Florida, Alabama, Louisiana, Texas, North Carolina, South Carolina and other coastal states, which subjects them to the risks associated with severe tropical storms, hurricanes and tornadoes, including downed telephone lines, flooded facilities, power outages, fuel shortages, damaged or destroyed property and equipment, and work interruptions. Although we maintain property and casualty insurance on our property (excluding our above ground outside plant) and may, under certain circumstances, be able to seek recovery of some additional costs through increased rates, only a portion of our additional costs directly related to such natural disasters have historically been recoverable. We cannot predict whether we will continue to be able to obtain insurance for catastrophic hazard-related damages or, if obtainable and carried, whether this insurance will be adequate to cover our losses. In addition, we expect any insurance of this nature to be subject to substantial deductibles, retentions and coverage exclusions, and the premiums to be based on our loss experience. For all these reasons, any future hazard-related costs and work interruptions could adversely affect our operations and our financial condition.
If conditions or assumptions differ from the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies, our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures could be materially affected.
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, which are described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that are considered “critical” because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially impact our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events or assumptions differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, these events or assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
While frequently presented with numeric specificity, the guidance and other forward-looking statements that we disseminate from time to time is based on numerous variables and assumptions (including, but not limited to, those related to industry performance and competition and general business, economic, market and financial conditions and additional matters specific to our business, as applicable) that are inherently subjective and uncertain and are largely beyond our control. As a result, actual results may differ materially from our guidance or other forward-looking statements. For additional information, see "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Related Matters" in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report.

41


Lapses in disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could materially and adversely affect our operations, profitability or reputation.
There can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will be effective in the future or that we will not experience a material weakness or significant deficiency in internal control over financial reporting. Any such lapses or deficiencies may materially and adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition, restrict our ability to access the capital markets, require us to expend significant resources to correct the lapses or deficiencies, expose us to regulatory or legal proceedings, including litigation brought by private individuals, subject us to fines, penalties or judgments, harm our reputation, or otherwise cause a decline in investor confidence and our stock price.
If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings and reduce our stockholders' equity.
As of December 31, 2016, approximately 51% of our total consolidated assets reflected on the consolidated balance sheet included in this annual report consisted of goodwill (excluding goodwill assigned to the colocation business and included in assets held for sale), customer relationships and other intangible assets. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, most of these intangible assets must be tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. From time to time (most recently for the third quarter of 2013), we have recorded large non-cash charges to earnings in connection with required reductions of the value of our intangible assets. If our intangible assets are determined to be impaired in the future, we may be required to record additional significant, non-cash charges to earnings during the period in which the impairment is determined to have occurred. Any such charges could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our results of operation, financial condition or ability to comply with financial covenants in our debt instruments.
Tax audits or changes in tax laws could adversely affect us.
Like all large businesses, we are subject to frequent and regular audits by the Internal Revenue Service as well as state and local tax authorities. These audits could subject us to tax liabilities if adverse positions are taken by these tax authorities.
We believe that we have adequately provided for tax contingencies. However, our tax audits and examinations may result in tax liabilities that differ materially from those that we have recognized in our consolidated financial statements. Because the ultimate outcomes of all of these matters are uncertain, we can give no assurance as to whether an adverse result from one or more of them will have a material effect on our financial results.
Legislators and regulators at all levels of government may from time to time change existing tax laws or regulations or enact new laws or regulations that could negatively impact our operating results or financial condition.
Our agreements and organizational documents and applicable law could limit another party’s ability to acquire us.
A number of provisions in our agreements and organizational documents and various provisions of applicable law may delay, defer or prevent a future takeover of CenturyLink unless the takeover is approved by our Board of Directors. These provisions could deprive our shareholders of any related takeover premium. For additional information, please see our Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A filed with the SEC on March 2, 2015.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

42


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our property, plant and equipment consists principally of telephone lines, cable, central office equipment, land and buildings related to our operations. Our gross property, plant and equipment consisted of the following components:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Land
2
%
 
2
%
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)
43
%
 
42
%
Central office and other network electronics(2)
35
%
 
36
%
Support assets(3)
17
%
 
18
%
Construction in progress(4)
3
%
 
2
%
Gross property, plant and equipment
100
%
 
100
%
_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant consists of fiber and metallic cable, conduit, poles and other supporting structures.
(2) 
Central office and other network electronics consists of circuit and packet switches, routers, transmission electronics and electronics providing service to customers.
(3) 
Support assets consist of buildings, data centers, computers and other administrative and support equipment.
(4) 
Construction in progress includes inventory held for construction and property of the aforementioned categories that has not been placed in service as it is still under construction.
We own substantially all of our telecommunications equipment required for our business. However, we lease from third parties certain facilities, plant, equipment and software under various capital and operating lease arrangements when the leasing arrangements are more favorable to us than purchasing the assets. We also own and lease administrative offices in major metropolitan locations both in the United States and internationally. Substantially all of our network electronics equipment is located in buildings or on land that we own or lease within our local service area. Outside of our local service area, our assets are generally located on real property pursuant to an agreement with the property owner or another person with rights to the property. It is possible that we may lose our rights under one or more of these agreements, due to their termination or expiration or in connection with legal challenges to our rights under such agreements.
Our net property, plant and equipment was approximately $17.0 billion and $18.1 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Some of our property, plant and equipment is pledged to secure the long-term debt of subsidiaries. For additional information, see Note 7—Property, Plant and Equipment to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information contained under the subheadings "Pending Matters" and "Other Proceedings and Disputes" in Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.

43


PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and the Berlin Stock Exchange and is traded under the symbol CTL and CYT, respectively. The following table sets forth the high and low reported sales prices on the NYSE along with the quarterly dividends, for each of the quarters indicated.
 
Sales Price
 
Cash Dividend per
Common Share
 
High
 
Low
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
First quarter
$
32.49

 
21.94

 
0.540

Second quarter
32.94

 
26.35

 
0.540

Third quarter
31.56

 
26.51

 
0.540

Fourth quarter
33.45

 
22.86

 
0.540

2015
 
 
 
 
 
First quarter
$
40.59

 
34.04

 
0.540

Second quarter
37.00

 
29.28

 
0.540

Third quarter
31.13

 
24.29

 
0.540

Fourth quarter
29.37

 
24.11

 
0.540

Dividends on common stock during 2016 and 2015 were paid each quarter. On February 21, 2017, our Board of Directors declared a common stock dividend of $0.54 per share.
As described in greater detail in "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report, the declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will depend upon our financial results, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.
At February 16, 2017, there were approximately 122,000 stockholders of record, although there were significantly more beneficial holders of our common stock. At February 16, 2017, the closing stock price of our common stock was $24.28.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table contains information about shares of our previously-issued common stock that we withheld from employees upon vesting of their stock-based awards during the fourth quarter of 2016 to satisfy the related minimum tax withholding obligations:
 
Total Number of
Shares Withheld
for Taxes
 
Average Price Paid
Per Share
Period
 
 
 
October 2016
5,123

 
$
27.48

November 2016
24,858

 
26.94

December 2016
834

 
23.93

Total
30,815

 
 


44


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables of selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 of Part II and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.
The tables of selected financial data shown below are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that you can expect for any future period.
Selected financial information from our consolidated statements of operations is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,(1)
 
2016(2)(3)
 
2015(2)
 
2014(4)
 
2013(5)
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts
and shares in thousands)
Operating revenues
$
17,470

 
17,900

 
18,031

 
18,095

 
18,376

Operating expenses
15,139

 
15,295

 
15,621

 
16,642

 
15,663

Operating income
$
2,331

 
2,605

 
2,410

 
1,453

 
2,713

Income before income tax expense
1,020

 
1,316

 
1,110

 
224

 
1,250

Net income (loss)
626

 
878

 
772

 
(239
)
 
777

Basic earnings (loss) per common share
1.16

 
1.58

 
1.36

 
(0.40
)
 
1.25

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
1.16

 
1.58

 
1.36

 
(0.40
)
 
1.25

Dividends declared per common share
2.16

 
2.16

 
2.16

 
2.16

 
2.90

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding
539,549

 
554,278

 
568,435

 
600,892

 
620,205

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding
540,679

 
555,093

 
569,739

 
600,892

 
622,285

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report for a discussion of unusual items affecting the results for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
(2) 
During 2016 and 2015, we recognized an incremental $201 million and $215 million, respectively, of revenue associated with the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") Connect America Fund Phase 2 support program as compared to the interstate USF program. For additional information, see Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
(3) 
During 2016, we recognized $189 million of severance expenses and other one-time termination benefits associated with our workforce reductions and $52 million of expenses related to our pending acquisition of Level 3.
(4) 
During 2014, we recognized a $60 million tax benefit associated with a deduction for the tax basis for worthless stock in a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary and a $63 million pension settlement charge.
(5) 
During 2013, we recorded a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $1.092 billion for goodwill attributed to one of our previous operating segments and a litigation settlement charge of $235 million.

45


Selected financial information from our consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net property, plant and equipment(1)
$
17,039

 
18,069

 
18,433

 
18,646

 
18,909

Goodwill(1)(2)
19,650

 
20,742

 
20,755

 
20,674

 
21,627

Total assets(3)
47,017

 
47,604

 
49,103

 
50,471

 
52,901

Total long-term debt(3)(4)
19,993

 
20,225

 
20,503

 
20,809

 
20,481

Total stockholders' equity(2)
13,399

 
14,060

 
15,023

 
17,191

 
19,289

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
During 2016, as a result of the pending sale of our colocation business and data centers, we reclassified $1.071 billion in net property, plant and equipment and $1.141 billion of goodwill to assets held for sale which is included in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, for additional information.
(2) 
During 2013, we recorded a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $1.092 billion for goodwill attributed to one of our previous operating segments.
(3) 
In 2015, we adopted both ASU 2015-03 "Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs" and ASU 2015-17 "Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes" by retrospectively applying the requirements of the ASUs to our previously issued consolidated financial statements. The adoption of both ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-17 reduced total assets by $1.044 billion, $1.316 billion and $1.039 billion in each year for the three years ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and ASU 2015-03 reduced total long-term debt by $168 million, $157 million and $124 million in each year for the three years ended December 31, 2014, respectively.
(4) 
Total long-term debt is the sum of current maturities of long-term debt, capital lease obligations of $305 million (associated with the pending sale of colocation business and data centers) included in current liabilities associated with assets held for sale and long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheets. For additional information on our total long-term debt, see Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. For total contractual obligations, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Future Contractual Obligations" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report.
Selected financial information from our consolidated statements of cash flows is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
4,608

 
5,152

 
5,188

 
5,559

 
6,065

Net cash used in investing activities
(2,994
)
 
(2,853
)
 
(3,077
)
 
(3,148
)
 
(2,690
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(1,518
)
 
(2,301
)
 
(2,151
)
 
(2,454
)
 
(3,295
)
Payments for property, plant and equipment and capitalized software
(2,981
)
 
(2,872
)
 
(3,047
)
 
(3,048
)
 
(2,919
)

46


The following table presents certain of our selected operational metrics:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
(in thousands except for data centers, which are actuals)
Operational metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total access lines(1)
11,090

 
11,748

 
12,394

 
13,002

 
13,751

Total broadband subscribers(1)
5,945

 
6,048

 
6,082

 
5,991

 
5,851

Prism TV subscribers
325

 
285

 
242

 
175

 
106

Total data centers(2)
58

 
59

 
58

 
55

 
54

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Access lines are lines reaching from the customers' premises to a connection with the public network and broadband subscribers are customers that purchase broadband connection service through their existing telephone lines, stand-alone telephone lines, or fiber-optic cables. Our methodology for counting our access lines and broadband subscribers includes only those lines that we use to provide services to external customers and excludes lines used solely by us and our affiliates. It also excludes unbundled loops and includes stand-alone broadband subscribers. We count lines when we install the service.
(2) 
We define a data center as any facility where we market, sell and deliver either colocation services, multi-tenant managed services, or both. Our data centers are located in North America, Europe and Asia.

47


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
All references to "Notes" in this Item 7 of Part II refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. Certain statements in this annual report constitute forward-looking statements. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Related Matters" in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report for factors relating to these statements and "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report for a discussion of certain risk factors applicable to our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or prospects.
Overview
We are an integrated communications company engaged primarily in providing an array of services to our residential and business customers. Our communications services include local and long-distance voice, broadband, Multi-Protocol Label Switching ("MPLS"), private line (including special access), Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), data integration, video, network, public access, Voice over Internet Protocol ("VoIP"), information technology and other ancillary services. We strive to maintain our customer relationships by, among other things, bundling our service offerings to provide our customers with a complete offering of integrated communications services.
At December 31, 2016, we operated approximately 11.1 million access lines in 37 states and served approximately 5.9 million broadband subscribers and 325 thousand Prism TV subscribers. We also operated 58 data centers throughout North America, Europe and Asia. Our methodology for counting access lines, broadband subscribers and data centers, which is described further in the operational metrics table below under "Results of Operations", and our methodology for counting Prism TV subscribers may not be comparable to those of other companies.
Pending Acquisition of Level 3
On October 31, 2016, we entered into a definitive merger agreement under which we propose to acquire Level 3 Communications, Inc. (“Level 3”) in a cash and stock transaction. Under the terms of the agreement, Level 3 shareholders will receive $26.50 per share in cash and 1.4286 of CenturyLink shares for each share of Level 3 common stock they own at closing. CenturyLink shareholders are expected to own approximately 51% and Level 3 shareholders are expected to own approximately 49% of the combined company at closing. On December 31, 2016, Level 3 had outstanding $10.9 billion of long-term debt.
Completion of the transaction is subject to the receipt of regulatory approvals, including the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act, as well as approvals from the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") and certain state regulatory authorities. The transaction is also subject to the approval of CenturyLink and Level 3 shareholders at meetings scheduled to be held on March 16, 2017, as well as other customary closing conditions. Subject to these conditions, we anticipate closing this transaction by the end of the third quarter 2017. If the merger agreement is terminated under certain circumstances, we may be obligated to pay Level 3 a termination fee of $472 million, or Level 3 may be obligated to pay CenturyLink a termination fee of $738 million.
As of December 31, 2016, we had recognized $52 million of expenses associated with our activities related to the pending Level 3 acquisition. We have not recognized certain other expenses that are contingent on completion of the acquisition. These expenses include financial advisory fees and compensation expense comprised of retention bonuses, severance and stock-based compensation for stock-based awards that will vest in connection with the acquisition. Most of these contingent expenses will be recognized in our consolidated financial statements in the period in which the acquisition occurs, with the remainder recognized thereafter. The final amount of compensation expense to be recognized is partially dependent upon personnel decisions that will be made as part of integration planning. These amounts may be material.
Upon completion of the acquisition, Level 3's assets and liabilities will be revalued and recorded at fair value. The assignment of fair value will require a significant amount of judgment. The use of fair value measures will affect the comparability of our post-acquisition financial information and may make it more difficult to predict earnings in future periods. For example, Level 3 has certain deferred costs and deferred revenues on its balance sheet associated with capacity leases. Based on the accounting guidance for business combinations, these existing deferred costs and deferred revenues are expected to be assigned little or no value in the purchase price allocation process and will thus be eliminated.
For unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information relating to the acquisition, see the definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus filed with the SEC by us on February 13, 2017. This pro forma financial information is based upon preliminary purchase price allocations and various assumptions and estimates, all of which we urge you to carefully consider in connection with your review of such information.

48


Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers
On November 3, 2016, we entered into a definitive stock purchase agreement to sell our data centers and colocation business to a consortium led by BC Partners, Inc. and Medina Capital ("the Purchaser") in exchange for cash and a minority stake in the consortium's newly-formed global secure infrastructure company. During 2016, as a result of the pending sale, the assets to be sold to the Purchaser have been reclassified as assets held for sale in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Additionally, the liabilities to be assumed by the Purchaser have been reclassified and presented as current liabilities associated with assets held for sale on our consolidated balance sheet. As part of the transaction, the Purchaser will assume our capital lease obligations, which amounted to $305 million as of December 31, 2016, related to the properties that we will sell. The sale is subject to regulatory approvals, including a review by the Committee of Foreign Investments in the United States, as well as other customary closing conditions.
Upon being completed, this transaction will result in the Purchaser acquiring 57 data centers. This business generated revenues of $622 million, $626 million and $643 million (excluding revenue with affiliates) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively (a small portion of which will be retained by us). Based on certain estimates and assumptions regarding the closing date and various tax matters, we currently project that the net cash proceeds from the divestiture will be approximately $1.5 billion to $1.7 billion. We plan to use a portion of these net cash proceeds to partly fund our acquisition of Level 3.
The following tables present additional metrics related to our data centers:
 
As of December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
Hosting data center metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of data centers(1)
58

 
59
 
(1)

 
(2
)%
Sellable square feet, million sq ft
1.54

 
1.58
 
(0.04)

 
(3
)%
Billed square feet, million sq ft
1.04

 
0.99
 
0.05

 
5
 %
Utilization
67
%
 
63
%
 
4
%
 
6
 %
 
As of December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
Hosting data center metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of data centers(1)
59
 
58
 
1
 
2
%
Sellable square feet, million sq ft
1.58
 
1.46
 
0.12
 
8
%
Billed square feet, million sq ft
0.99
 
0.92
 
0.07
 
8
%
Utilization
63
%
 
63
%
 
%
 
%
______________________________________________________________________ 
(1)
We define a data center as any facility where we market, sell and deliver either colocation services, multi-tenant managed services, or both. Our data centers are located in North America, Europe and Asia.
See Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information on the pending sale.
We are organized into operating segments based on customer type, business and consumer. These operating segments are our two reportable segments in our consolidated financial statements:
Business Segment. Consists generally of providing strategic, legacy and data integration products and services to small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, including other communication providers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our MPLS, Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), broadband, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services. Our legacy services offered to these customers primarily include local and long-distance voice, including the sale of unbundled network elements ("UNEs"), private line (including special access), switched access and other ancillary services. Our data integration offerings include the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers' premises and related products and professional services, all of which are described further below under the heading "Operating Revenues"; and

49


Consumer Segment. Consists generally of providing strategic and legacy products and services to residential customers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our broadband, video (including our Prism TV services) and other ancillary services. Our legacy services offered to these customers include local and long-distance voice and other ancillary services.
Results of Operations
The following table summarizes the results of our consolidated operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016(1)(2)
 
2015(1)
 
2014(3)
 
(Dollars in millions except
per share amounts)
Operating revenues
$
17,470

 
17,900

 
18,031

Operating expenses
15,139

 
15,295

 
15,621

Operating income
2,331

 
2,605

 
2,410

Other expense, net
1,311

 
1,289

 
1,300

Income tax expense
394

 
438

 
338

Net income
$
626

 
878

 
772

Basic earnings per common share
$
1.16

 
1.58

 
1.36

Diluted earnings per common share
$
1.16

 
1.58

 
1.36

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
During 2016 and 2015, we recognized an incremental $201 million and $215 million, respectively, of revenue associated with the FCC's Connect America Fund Phase 2 support program as compared to the interstate USF program. For additional information, see Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
(2) 
During 2016, we recognized $189 million of severance expenses and other one-time termination benefits associated with our workforce reductions and $52 million of expenses related to our pending acquisition of Level 3.
(3) 
During 2014, we recognized a $60 million tax benefit associated with a deduction for the tax basis for worthless stock in a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary and a $63 million pension settlement charge.
The following table summarizes our access lines, broadband subscribers, Prism TV subscribers, data centers and number of employees:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(in thousands except for data centers, which are actuals)
Operational metrics:
 
 
 
 
 
Total access lines(1)
11,090

 
11,748

 
12,394

Total broadband subscribers(1)
5,945

 
6,048

 
6,082

Total Prism TV subscribers
325

 
285

 
242

Total data centers(2)
58

 
59

 
58

Total employees
40

 
43

 
45

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Access lines are lines reaching from the customers' premises to a connection with the public network and broadband subscribers are customers that purchase broadband connection service through their existing telephone lines, stand-alone telephone lines, or fiber-optic cables. Our methodology for counting our access lines and broadband subscribers includes only those lines that we use to provide services to external customers and excludes lines used solely by us and our affiliates. It also excludes unbundled loops and includes stand-alone broadband subscribers. We count lines when we install the service.
(2) 
We define a data center as any facility where we market, sell and deliver either colocation services, multi-tenant managed services, or both. Our data centers are located in North America, Europe and Asia.

50


During the last decade, we have experienced revenue declines primarily due to declines in access lines, private line customers, switched access rates and minutes of use. To mitigate these revenue declines, we remain focused on efforts to, among other things:
promote long-term relationships with our customers through bundling of integrated services;
provide a wide array of diverse services, including enhanced or additional services that may become available in the future due to, among other things, advances in technology or improvements in our infrastructure;
provide our broadband and premium services to a higher percentage of our customers;
pursue acquisitions of additional assets if available at attractive prices;
increase prices on our products and services if and when practicable;
increase the capacity, speed and usage of our networks; and
market our products and services to new customers.
Operating Revenues
From time to time, we change the categorization of our products and services, and we may make similar changes in the future. During the second quarter of 2016, we determined that because of declines due to customer migration to other strategic products and services, certain of our business low-bandwidth data services, specifically our private line (including special access) services in our business segment, are more closely aligned with our legacy services than with our strategic services. As described in greater detail in Note 14—Segment Information in our Notes, these operating revenues are now reflected as legacy services.
We currently categorize our products, services and revenues among the following four categories:
Strategic services, which include primarily broadband, MPLS, Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), video (including our facilities-based video services, which we offer in 16 markets), VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services;
Legacy services, which include primarily local and long-distance voice services, including the sale of UNEs, private line (including special access), Integrated Services Digital Network ("ISDN") (which use regular telephone lines to support voice, video and data applications), switched access and other ancillary services;
Data integration, which includes the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers' premises and related products and professional services, such as network management, installation and maintenance of data equipment and the building of proprietary fiber-optic broadband networks for our governmental and business customers; and
Other operating revenues, which consists primarily of Connect America Fund ("CAF") support payments, Universal Service Fund ("USF") support payments and USF surcharges. We receive federal support payments from both Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the CAF program, and support payments from both federal and state USF programs. These support payments are government subsidies designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services, including the costs of deploying, maintaining and operating voice and broadband infrastructure in high-cost rural areas where we are not able to fully recover our costs from our customers. We also collect USF surcharges based on specific items we list on our customers' invoices to fund the FCC's universal service programs. We also generate other operating revenues from the leasing and subleasing of space in our office buildings, warehouses and other properties. Because we centrally manage the activities that generate these other operating revenues, these revenues are not included in our segment revenues.

51


The following tables summarize our consolidated operating revenues recorded under our four revenue categories:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Strategic services
$
8,050

 
7,753

 
297

 
4
 %
Legacy services
7,672

 
8,338

 
(666
)
 
(8
)%
Data integration
533

 
577

 
(44
)
 
(8
)%
Other
1,215

 
1,232

 
(17
)
 
(1
)%
Total operating revenues
$
17,470

 
17,900

 
(430
)
 
(2
)%
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Strategic services
$
7,753

 
7,303

 
450

 
6
 %
Legacy services
8,338

 
9,033

 
(695
)
 
(8
)%
Data integration
577

 
692

 
(115
)
 
(17
)%
Other
1,232

 
1,003

 
229

 
23
 %
Total operating revenues
$
17,900

 
18,031

 
(131
)
 
(1
)%
Our total operating revenues decreased by $430 million, or 2%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 and decreased by $131 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decline in operating revenues for both periods was primarily due to lower legacy services revenues, which decreased by $666 million, or 8%, and $695 million, or 8%, for the respective periods.
The decline in legacy services revenues for both periods reflects the continuing loss of access lines, loss of long-distance revenues primarily due to the displacement of traditional wireline telephone services by other competitive products and services, including data and wireless communication services, and reductions in the volume of our private line (including special access) services. At December 31, 2016, we had approximately 11.1 million access lines, or approximately 5.6% less than the number of access lines we operated at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, we had approximately 11.7 million access lines, or approximately 5.2% less than the number of access lines we operated at December 31, 2014. We estimate that the rate of our access lines losses will be between 4% and 6% over the full year of 2017.
For 2016, the growth in our strategic services revenues was primarily due to increased demand for our Ethernet, MPLS, facilities-based video and VoIP services and from rate increases on various services, which were partially offset by declines in our hosting services and losses of broadband customers. For 2015, the growth in our strategic services revenues was primarily due to increased demand for our Ethernet, MPLS, facilities-based video and IT Services and from rate increases on various services, which were partially offset by declines in our colocation and hosting services.
Data integration revenues, which are typically more volatile than our other sources of revenues, decreased by $44 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decline in data integration revenues was primarily due to declines in governmental and business sales and professional and maintenance services. Data integration revenues decreased by $115 million, or 17%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decline in data integration revenues was primarily due to declines in governmental sales and professional services, which were partially offset by an increase in maintenance services.
Other operating revenues decreased by $17 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in other operating revenues was primarily due to lower high-cost support revenues. These declines were partially offset by higher USF surcharge revenues related to increased universal service fund contribution factors. Other operating revenues increased by $229 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in other operating revenues was primarily due to additional revenue recorded under the CAF Phase 2 support program. For additional information about the CAF Phase 2 support program, see the discussion below in "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Connect America Fund."
We are aggressively marketing our strategic services in an effort to partially offset the continuing declines in our legacy services.

52


Further analysis of our segment operating revenues and trends impacting our performance are provided below in "Segment Results."
Operating Expenses
Our current definitions of operating expenses are as follows:
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) are expenses incurred in providing products and services to our customers. These expenses include: employee-related expenses directly attributable to operating and maintaining our network (such as salaries, wages, benefits and professional fees); facilities expenses (which include third-party telecommunications expenses we incur for using other carriers' networks to provide services to our customers); rents and utilities expenses; equipment sales expenses (such as data integration and modem expenses); payments to universal service funds (which are federal and state funds that are established to promote the availability of telecommunications services to all consumers at reasonable and affordable rates, among other things, and to which we are often required to contribute); certain litigation expenses associated with our operations; and other expenses directly related to our operations; and
Selling, general and administrative expenses are corporate overhead and other operating expenses. These expenses include: employee-related expenses (such as salaries, wages, internal commissions, benefits and professional fees) directly attributable to selling products or services and employee-related expenses for administrative functions; marketing and advertising; property and other operating taxes and fees; external commissions; litigation expenses associated with general matters; bad debt expense; and other selling, general and administrative expenses.
These expense classifications may not be comparable to those of other companies.
The following tables summarize our operating expenses:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
$
7,774

 
7,778

 
(4
)
 
 %
Selling, general and administrative
3,449

 
3,328

 
121

 
4
 %
Depreciation and amortization
3,916

 
4,189

 
(273
)
 
(7
)%
Total operating expenses
$
15,139

 
15,295

 
(156
)
 
(1
)%
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
$
7,778

 
7,846

 
(68
)
 
(1
)%
Selling, general and administrative
3,328

 
3,347

 
(19
)
 
(1
)%
Depreciation and amortization
4,189

 
4,428

 
(239
)
 
(5
)%
Total operating expenses
$
15,295

 
15,621

 
(326
)
 
(2
)%
Cost of Services and Products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) decreased by $4 million, or less than 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in costs of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was primarily due to reductions in salaries and wages from lower headcount, professional fees, payment processing fees and customer premises equipment costs, which were substantially offset by increases in content costs for Prism TV (resulting from higher content volume and rates), network expense and USF rates. Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) decreased by $68 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the lower customer premises equipment costs, cost of services and products increased by $56 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in costs of services and products was primarily due to increases in pension and postretirement costs, USF rate increases, higher network expenses and increases in content costs for Prism TV. These increases were partially offset by decreases in salaries and wages from lower headcount, professional fees and contract labor costs.

53


Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $121 million, or 4%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in severance expenses associated with our recent workforce reduction, higher payments of employee health care claims, bad debt and other expenses (including fees related to the Level 3 acquisition), which were partially offset by reductions in professional fees and property and other taxes. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $19 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to lower benefit expenses, insurance costs and asset impairment charges. These decreases were partially offset by increases in bad debt expense, external commissions and regulatory fines of $15 million associated with a 911 system outage.
Pension Lump Sum Offer
Our pension plan contains provisions that allow us, from time to time, to offer lump sum payment options to certain former employees in settlement of their future retirement benefits. These lump sum payments are paid from the trust that holds the plan's assets. Under pension settlement accounting, we record an accounting settlement charge associated with these lump sum payments only if, in the aggregate, they exceed the sum of the annual service and interest costs for the plan’s net periodic pension benefit cost. There were no pension lump sum offerings in 2016, other than those to eligible employees who terminated during 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we made cash settlement payments to former employees for lump sum offers of approximately $356 million, but pension settlement accounting was not triggered in 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we made cash settlement payments to former employees for lump sum offers of approximately $460 million, which triggered pension settlement accounting and resulted in us recording additional pension expense of $63 million. Pension expense is allocated to cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization), selling, general and administrative and to capital projects. See Note 9—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, for additional information on the pension lump sum offers.
Depreciation and Amortization
The following tables provide detail of our depreciation and amortization expense:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Depreciation
$
2,691

 
2,836

 
(145
)
 
(5
)%
Amortization
1,225

 
1,353

 
(128
)
 
(9
)%
Total depreciation and amortization
$
3,916

 
4,189

 
(273
)
 
(7
)%
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Depreciation
$
2,836

 
2,958

 
(122
)
 
(4
)%
Amortization
1,353

 
1,470

 
(117
)
 
(8
)%
Total depreciation and amortization
$
4,189

 
4,428

 
(239
)
 
(5
)%
Annual depreciation expense is impacted by several factors, including changes in our depreciable cost basis, changes in our estimates of the remaining economic life of certain network assets, the addition of new plant and our entry into an agreement to sell our data centers and colocation business. Depreciation expense decreased by $145 million, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 and decreased by $122 million, or 4%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The depreciation expense related to our plant was lower for both periods due to full depreciation and retirement of certain plant placed in service prior to 2016 and 2015. Additionally, we ceased depreciating property, plant and equipment assets of our colocation business when we entered into the agreement to sell that business. We estimate that we would have recorded additional depreciation expense during 2016 of $30 million if we had not agreed to sell the colocation business. The decrease in both periods was partially offset by an increase in depreciation expense attributable to new plant placed in service during the respective years.

54


Additionally, in 2015, the lower depreciation expense was further offset by the impact of changes in the estimated lives of certain property, plant and equipment which resulted in additional depreciation. The changes in the estimated lives of certain property, plant and equipment resulted in an increase in depreciation expense of approximately $48 million for 2015, which was more than fully offset by the decrease in depreciation expense noted above. In addition, we developed a plan to migrate customers from one of our networks to another, which began in late 2014 and ended in late 2015. As a result, we implemented changes in estimates that reduced the remaining economic lives of certain network assets. The impact from the above-noted changes in estimates and network migration resulted in an increase in depreciation expense of approximately $90 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Amortization expense decreased by $128 million, or 9%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 and decreased by $117 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in amortization expense for both periods was primarily due to the use of accelerated amortization for a portion of our customer relationship assets and our entry into an agreement to sell our data centers and colocation business. The effect of using an accelerated amortization method results in an incremental decline in expense each period as the intangible assets amortize. We ceased amortizing the intangible assets of our colocation business when we entered into the agreement to sell that business. We estimate that we would have recorded additional amortization expense during 2016 of $6 million if we had not agreed to sell the colocation business. In addition, amortization of capitalized software was lower in both periods due to software becoming fully amortized faster than new software was acquired or developed.
Other Consolidated Results
The following tables summarize our total other expense, net and income tax expense:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Interest expense
$
(1,318
)
 
(1,312
)
 
6

 
 %
Other income, net
7

 
23

 
(16
)
 
(70
)%
Total other expense, net
$
(1,311
)
 
(1,289
)
 
22

 
2
 %
Income tax expense
$
394

 
438

 
(44
)
 
(10
)%
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Interest expense
$
(1,312
)
 
(1,311
)
 
1

 
 %
Other income, net
23

 
11

 
12

 
109
 %
Total other expense, net
$
(1,289
)
 
(1,300
)
 
(11
)
 
(1
)%
Income tax expense
$
438

 
338

 
100

 
30
 %
Interest Expense
Interest expense increased by $6 million, or less than 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in interest expense was substantially due to a reduction in the amount of net premium amortization recorded at acquisition due to the early retirement of several issuances of debt during the period, which has the effect of increasing interest expense and an increase in interest expense on unsecured notes related to the issuance of $1.0 billion of new debt in April, 2016 in advance of a debt maturity in June, 2016. Interest expense increased by $1 million, or less than 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to a reduction in the amortization of debt premiums, which was substantially offset by higher capitalized interest, lower bond coupon rates and lower interest under our Credit Facility. See Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report and Liquidity and Capital Resources below for additional information about our debt.

55


Other Income, Net
Other income, net reflects certain items not directly related to our core operations, including our share of income from partnerships we do not control, interest income, gains and losses from non-operating asset dispositions and foreign currency gains and losses. Other income, net decreased by $16 million, or 70%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease in other income, net was primarily due to losses on early retirement of debt, which was partially offset by the impact of nonrecurring funding from a state economic development program. Other income, net increased by $12 million, or 109%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase in other income, net was primarily due to the impact of a 2014 impairment charge of $14 million recorded in connection with the sale of our 700 MHz A-Block Wireless Spectrum licenses, which was partially offset by a net loss on early retirement of debt in 2015.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense decreased by $44 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Our income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $100 million from the amounts for the comparable prior year. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our effective income tax rate was 38.6%, 33.3% and 30.5%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 reflects a tax impact of $18 million from an intercompany dividend payment from one of our foreign subsidiaries to its domestic parent company that was made as part of our corporate restructuring in preparation for the sale of our colocation business. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 reflects a tax benefit of approximately $34 million related to affiliate debt rationalization, research and development tax credits of $28 million for 2011 through 2015, and a $16 million tax decrease due to changes in state taxes caused by apportionment changes, state tax rate changes and the changes in the expected utilization of net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"). The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 reflects a $60 million tax benefit associated with a worthless stock deduction for the tax basis in a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary as a result of developments in bankruptcy proceedings involving its sole asset, an indirect investment in KPNQwest, N.V. The subsidiary was acquired as part of the acquisition of Qwest and we assigned it no fair value in the acquisition due to the bankruptcy proceedings, which were then ongoing. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 also reflects a $13 million tax decrease due to changes in state taxes caused by apportionment changes, state tax rate changes and the changes in the expected utilization of NOLs. The rate also reflects the absence of tax benefits from the impairment and disposition of our 700 MHz A-Block wireless spectrum licenses in 2014, because we are not likely to generate income of a character required to realize a tax benefit from the loss on disposition during the period permitted by law for utilization of that loss. See Note 13—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report and "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Income Taxes" below for additional information.

56


Segment Results
The results for our business and consumer segments are summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Total segment revenues
$
16,255

 
16,668

 
17,028

Total segment expenses
8,492

 
8,461

 
8,502

Total segment income
$
7,763

 
8,207

 
8,526

Total margin percentage
48
%
 
49
%
 
50
%
Business segment:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
10,352

 
10,646

 
11,030

Expenses
5,930

 
5,967

 
6,019

Income
$
4,422

 
4,679

 
5,011

Margin percentage
43
%
 
44
%
 
45
%
Consumer segment:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
5,903

 
6,022

 
5,998

Expenses
2,562

 
2,494

 
2,483

Income
$
3,341

 
3,528

 
3,515

Margin percentage
57
%
 
59
%
 
59
%
The following table reconciles our total segment revenues and total segment income presented above to consolidated operating revenues and consolidated operating income reported in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Total segment revenues
$
16,255

 
16,668

 
17,028

Other operating revenues
1,215

 
1,232

 
1,003

Operating revenues reported in our consolidated statements of operations
$
17,470

 
17,900

 
18,031

Total segment income
$
7,763

 
8,207

 
8,526

Other operating revenues
1,215

 
1,232

 
1,003

Depreciation and amortization
(3,916
)
 
(4,189
)
 
(4,428
)
Other unassigned operating expenses
(2,731
)
 
(2,645
)
 
(2,691
)
Operating income reported in our consolidated statements of operations
$
2,331

 
2,605

 
2,410

Changes in Segment Reporting
During the first half of 2016, we implemented several changes with respect to the assignment of certain expenses to our reportable segments, including changes that increased our consumer segment expenses and decreased our business segment expenses in prior periods. We have recast our previously reported segment results for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 to conform to the current presentation. See Note 14—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information on our changes in segment reporting.
Allocation of Revenues and Expenses
Our segment revenues include all revenues from our strategic services, legacy services and data integration as described in more detail above. Segment revenues are based upon each customer's classification to an individual segment. We report our segment revenues based upon all services provided to that segment's customers. For information on how we allocate expenses to our segments, as well as other additional information about our segments, see Note 14—Segment Information.

57


Business Segment
The operations of our business segment have been impacted by several significant trends, including those described below:
Strategic services. Our mix of total business segment revenues continues to migrate from legacy services to strategic services as our small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers increasingly demand integrated data, broadband, hosting and voice services. Our Ethernet-based services in the wholesale market face competition from cable companies and competitive fiber-based telecommunications providers. We anticipate continued pricing pressure for our colocation services as vendors continue to expand their enterprise colocation operations. In recent years, our competitors, as well as several large, diversified technology companies, have made substantial investments in cloud computing. This expansion in competitive cloud computing offerings has led to increased pricing pressure, a migration towards lower-priced cloud-based services and enhanced competition for contracts, and we expect these trends to continue. Customers' demand for new technology has also increased the number of competitors offering strategic services similar to ours. Price compression from each of these above-mentioned competitive pressures has negatively impacted the operating margins of our strategic services, and we expect this trend to continue. Operating costs also impact the operating margins of our strategic services, but to a lesser extent than price compression and customer disconnects. These operating costs include employee costs, sales commissions, software costs on selected services, installation costs and third-party facility costs. We believe increases in operating costs have generally had a greater impact on the operating margins of our strategic services as compared to our legacy services, principally because our strategic services rely more heavily upon the above-listed support functions;
Legacy services. We continue to experience customers migrating away from our higher margin legacy services into lower margin strategic services. Our legacy services revenues have been, and we expect they will continue to be, adversely affected by access line losses and price compression. In particular, our access, local services and long-distance revenues have been, and we expect will continue to be, adversely affected by customer migration to more technologically advanced services, an increase in the use of non-voice communications and a related decrease in the demand for traditional voice services, industry consolidation and price compression caused by regulation and rate reductions. For example, many of our business segment customers are substituting cable, wireless and VoIP services for traditional voice telecommunications services, resulting in continued access revenue loss. Demand for our private line services (including special access) continues to decline due to our customers' optimization of their networks, industry consolidation and technological migration to higher-speed services. Although our legacy services generally face fewer direct competitors than certain of our strategic services, customer migration and, to a lesser degree, price compression from competitive pressures have negatively impacted our legacy revenues and the operating margins of our legacy services. We expect this trend to continue. Operating costs, such as installation costs and third-party facility costs, have also negatively impacted the operating margins of our legacy services, but to a lesser extent than customer loss, customer migration and price compression. Operating costs also tend to impact our legacy services to a lesser extent than our strategic services as noted above;
Data integration. We expect both data integration revenue and the related costs will fluctuate from year to year as this offering tends to be more sensitive than others to changes in the economy and in spending trends of our federal, state and local governmental customers, many of whom have experienced substantial budget cuts over the past several years, with the possibility of additional future budget cuts. Our data integration operating margins are typically smaller than most of our other offerings; and
Operating efficiencies. We continue to evaluate our segment operating structure and focus. This involves balancing our workforce in response to our workload requirements, productivity improvements and changes in industry, competitive, technological and regulatory conditions, while achieving operational efficiencies and improving our processes through automation. However, our ongoing efforts to increase revenue will continue to require that we incur higher costs in some areas. We also expect our business segment to benefit indirectly from enhanced efficiencies in our company-wide network operations.

58


The following tables summarize the results of operations from our business segment:
 
Business Segment
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Segment revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High-bandwidth data services (1)
$
2,990

 
2,816

 
174

 
6
 %
Hosting services (2)
1,210

 
1,281

 
(71
)
 
(6
)%
Other strategic services (3)
703

 
624

 
79

 
13
 %
Total strategic services revenues
4,903

 
4,721

 
182

 
4
 %
Legacy services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voice services (4)
2,413

 
2,588

 
(175
)
 
(7
)%
Low-bandwidth data services (5)
1,382

 
1,594

 
(212
)
 
(13
)%
Other legacy services (6)
1,123

 
1,168

 
(45
)
 
(4
)%
Total legacy services revenues
4,918

 
5,350

 
(432
)
 
(8
)%
Data integration
531

 
575

 
(44
)
 
(8
)%
Total revenues
10,352

 
10,646

 
(294
)
 
(3
)%
Segment expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total expenses
5,930

 
5,967

 
(37
)
 
(1
)%
Segment income
$
4,422

 
4,679

 
(257
)
 
(5
)%
Segment margin percentage
43
%
 
44
%
 
 
 
 
______________________________________________________________________ 
(1)
Includes MPLS and Ethernet revenue
(2)
Includes colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting) and hosting area network revenue
(3)
Includes primarily broadband, VoIP, video and IT services revenue
(4)
Includes local and long-distance voice revenue
(5)
Includes private line (including special access) revenue
(6)
Includes UNEs, public access, switched access and other ancillary revenue


59


 
Business Segment
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Segment revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High-bandwidth data services (1)
$
2,816

 
2,579

 
237

 
9
 %
Hosting services (2)
1,281

 
1,316

 
(35
)
 
(3
)%
Other strategic services (3)
624

 
558

 
66

 
12
 %
Total strategic services revenues
4,721

 
4,453

 
268

 
6
 %
Legacy services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voice services (4)
2,588

 
2,777

 
(189
)
 
(7
)%
Low-bandwidth data services (5)
1,594

 
1,893

 
(299
)
 
(16
)%
Other legacy services (6)
1,168

 
1,219

 
(51
)
 
(4
)%
Total legacy services revenues
5,350

 
5,889

 
(539
)
 
(9
)%
Data integration
575

 
688

 
(113
)
 
(16
)%
Total revenues
10,646

 
11,030

 
(384
)
 
(3
)%
Segment expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total expenses
5,967

 
6,019

 
(52
)
 
(1
)%
Segment income
$
4,679

 
5,011

 
(332
)
 
(7
)%
Segment margin percentage
44
%
 
45
%
 
 
 
 
______________________________________________________________________ 
(1)
Includes MPLS and Ethernet revenue
(2)
Includes colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting) and hosting area network revenue
(3)
Includes primarily broadband, VoIP, video and IT services revenue
(4)
Includes local and long-distance voice revenue
(5)
Includes private line (including special access) revenue
(6)
Includes UNEs, public access, switched access and other ancillary revenue
Segment Revenues
Business segment revenues decreased by $294 million, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in business segment revenues was primarily due to declines in our legacy services revenues. The decline in legacy services revenues was attributable to a reduction in local service access lines and lower volumes of long-distance and access services for the reasons noted above and to reductions in the volume of private line (including special access) services. The increase in our strategic services revenues was primarily due to increases in MPLS unit growth and higher Ethernet and VOIP volumes, which were partially offset by declines in our hosting services. The decrease in our data integration revenues was primarily due to lower sales of customer premises equipment to governmental and business customers and to declines in maintenance services. Business segment revenues decreased by $384 million, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in business segment revenues was primarily due to declines in legacy services revenues and data integration revenues, which were partially offset by the growth in our strategic services revenues. The decline in legacy services revenues was attributable to a reduction in local service access lines and lower volumes of long-distance, access and traditional WAN services for the reasons noted above and a reduction in private line (including special access) volumes, as well as a pricing reduction on private line services for a large wholesale customer in exchange for a longer term commitment. The growth in our strategic services revenues was primarily due to MPLS unit growth and higher Ethernet volumes, which were partially offset by a reduction in hosting services. The decrease in data integration revenues was primarily due to lower sales of customer premises equipment to governmental and business customers during the period.

60


Segment Expenses
Business segment expenses decreased by $37 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in our business segment expenses was primarily due to decreases in salaries and wages, professional fees and payment processing fees, which were partially offset by increases in facility costs, network expense and real estate and power costs. Business segment expenses decreased by $52 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to lower customer premises equipment costs resulting from the lower sales noted above in segment revenues. Excluding the lower customer premises equipment costs, business expenses increased by $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase is primarily due to increases in salaries and wages, benefits expense, external commissions, network expense and facility costs, which were partially offset by decreases in professional fees, materials and supplies and fleet expenses.
Segment Income
Business segment income decreased by $257 million, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 and decreased by $332 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in business segment income for both periods was due predominantly to the loss of customers and lower service volumes in our legacy services.
Consumer Segment
The operations of our consumer segment have been impacted by several significant trends, including those described below:
Strategic services. In order to remain competitive and attract additional residential broadband subscribers, we believe it is important to continually increase our broadband network's scope and connection speeds. As a result, we continue to invest in our broadband network, which allows for the delivery of higher-speed broadband services to a greater number of customers. We compete in a maturing broadband market in which most consumers already have broadband services and growth rates in new subscribers have slowed. Moreover, as described further in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report, certain of our competitors continue to provide broadband services at higher average transmission speeds than ours or through advanced wireless data service offerings, both of which we believe have impacted the competitiveness of certain of our broadband offerings. The offering of our facilities-based video services in our markets requires us to incur substantial start-up expenses in advance of marketing and selling the service. Also, our associated content costs continue to increase and the video business has become more competitive as more options become available to customers to access video services through new technologies. The demand for new technology has increased the number of competitors offering strategic services similar to ours. Price compression and new technology from our competitors have negatively impacted the operating margins of our strategic services and we expect this trend to continue. Operating costs also impact the operating margins of our strategic services. These operating costs include employee costs, marketing and advertising expenses, sales commissions, Prism TV content costs and installation costs. We believe increases in operating costs have generally had a greater impact on our operating margins of our strategic services as compared to our legacy services, principally because our strategic services rely more heavily upon the above-listed costs;
Legacy services. Our voice revenues have been, and we expect they will continue to be, adversely affected by access line losses and lower long-distance voice service volumes. Intense competition and product substitution continue to drive our access line losses. For example, many consumers are substituting cable and wireless voice services and electronic mail, texting and social networking non-voice services for traditional voice telecommunications services. We expect that these factors will continue to negatively impact our business. As a result of the expected loss of higher margin services associated with access lines, we continue to offer our customers service bundling and other product promotions to help mitigate this trend, as described below. Customer migration and price compression from competitive pressures have not only negatively impacted our legacy revenues, but they have also negatively impacted the operating margins of our legacy services and we expect this trend to continue. Operating costs, such as installation costs and facility costs, have also negatively impacted the operating margins of our legacy services, but to a lesser extent than customer migration and price compression. Operating costs also tend to impact our legacy services margins to a lesser extent than our strategic services as noted above;
Service bundling and product promotions. We offer our customers the ability to bundle multiple products and services. These customers can bundle broadband services with other services such as local voice, video, long-distance and wireless. While we believe our bundled service offerings can help retain customers, they also tend to lower our profit margins in the consumer segment due to the related discounts; and

61


Operating efficiencies. We continue to evaluate our segment operating structure and focus. This involves balancing our workforce in response to our workload requirements, productivity improvements and changes in industry, competitive, technological and regulatory conditions. We also expect our consumer segment to benefit indirectly from enhanced efficiencies in our company-wide network operations.
The following tables summarize the results of operations from our consumer segment:
 
Consumer Segment
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Segment revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broadband services (1)
$
2,689

 
2,611

 
78

 
3
 %
Other strategic services (2)
458

 
421

 
37

 
9
 %
Total strategic services revenues
3,147

 
3,032

 
115

 
4
 %
Legacy services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voice services (3)
2,442

 
2,676

 
(234
)
 
(9
)%
Other legacy services (4)
312

 
312

 

 
 %
Total legacy services revenues
2,754

 
2,988

 
(234
)
 
(8
)%
Data integration
2

 
2

 

 
 %
Total revenues
5,903

 
6,022

 
(119
)
 
(2
)%
Segment expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total expenses
2,562

 
2,494

 
68

 
3
 %
Segment income
$
3,341

 
3,528

 
(187
)
 
(5
)%
Segment income margin percentage
57
%
 
59
%
 
 
 
 
______________________________________________________________________ 
(1)
Includes broadband and related services revenue
(2)
Includes video and other revenue
(3)
Includes local and long-distance voice revenue
(4)
Includes other ancillary revenue


62


 
Consumer Segment
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase / (Decrease)
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Segment revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broadband services (1)
$
2,611

 
2,469

 
142

 
6
 %
Other strategic services (2)
421

 
381

 
40

 
10
 %
Total strategic services revenues
3,032

 
2,850

 
182

 
6
 %
Legacy services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voice services (3)
2,676

 
2,865

 
(189
)
 
(7
)%
Other legacy services (4)
312

 
279

 
33

 
12
 %
Total legacy services revenues
2,988

 
3,144

 
(156
)
 
(5
)%
Data integration
2

 
4

 
(2
)
 
(50
)%
Total revenues
6,022

 
5,998

 
24

 
 %
Segment expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total expenses
2,494

 
2,483

 
11

 
 %
Segment income
$
3,528

 
3,515

 
13

 
 %
Segment income margin percentage
59
%
 
59
%
 
 
 
 
______________________________________________________________________ 
(1)
Includes broadband and related services revenue
(2)
Includes video and other revenue
(3)
Includes local and long-distance voice revenue
(4)
Includes other ancillary revenue
Segment Revenues
Consumer segment revenues decreased by $119 million, or 2%, for year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in our consumer segment revenues was primarily due to the declines in our legacy services revenues, which were partially offset by increases in our strategic revenues. The decline in our legacy services revenues for both periods was primarily due to lower local and long-distance voice service volumes associated with access line losses resulting from the competitive and technological factors noted above. The increase in our strategic services revenues was primarily due to 2016 rate increases resulting from various pricing initiatives on broadband, Prism TV and other strategic products and services, and increases in the number of our Prism TV customers, which were partially offset by a decline in broadband customers. Consumer segment revenues increased by $24 million, or less than 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in strategic services revenues was primarily due to increases in the number of Prism TV customers, as well as from 2015 price increases on various services. The decline in legacy services revenues was primarily due to declines in local and long-distance services volumes associated with access line losses resulting from the competitive and technological factors as further described above.
Segment Expenses
Consumer segment expenses increased by $68 million, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in our consumer segment expenses was primarily due to increases in costs related to Prism TV (resulting from higher content volume and rates), professional fees, sales commissions, bad debt expense and network costs, which were partially offset by reductions in salaries and wages from lower headcount and payment processing fees. Consumer segment expenses increased by $11 million, or less than 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to increases in Prism TV content costs (resulting from higher volume and rates) and bad debt expense, which were partially offset by reductions in employee-related costs, facility costs, fleet expenses and network expenses.

63


Segment Income
Consumer segment income decreased by $187 million, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to loss of customers from legacy services and increases in the costs related to the growth in Prism TV. Consumer segment income increased by $13 million, or less than 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to price increases on various services.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles that are generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. We have identified certain policies and estimates as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our past or present results of operations related to (i) goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets; (ii) property, plant and equipment; (iii) pension and post-retirement benefits; (iv) loss contingencies and litigation reserves; (v) Connect America Fund; and (vi) income taxes. These policies and estimates are considered critical because they had a material impact, or they have the potential to have a material impact, on our consolidated financial statements and because they require us to make significant judgments, assumptions or estimates. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions made when accounting for the items described below were reasonable, based on information available at the time they were made. However, there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates.
Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets
We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 10 to 15 years, using either the sum-of-the-years-digits or the straight-line methods, depending on the type of customer. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method over estimated lives ranging up to 7 years, except for approximately $237 million of our capitalized software costs, which represents costs to develop an integrated billing and customer care system which is amortized using the straight-line method over a 20 year period. We annually review the estimated lives and methods used to amortize our other intangible assets, primarily capitalized software. The amount of future amortization expense may differ materially from current amounts, depending on the results of our annual reviews.
Our goodwill was derived from numerous acquisitions where the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired.
We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units each time we reorganize our internal reporting structure which causes a change in the composition of our reporting units. We assign goodwill to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. We utilize the trailing twelve months earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization as our allocation methodology as we believe that it represents a reasonable proxy for the fair value of the operations being reorganized. The use of other fair value assignment methods could result in materially different results. For additional information on our segments, see Note 14—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
We are required to assess goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate an impairment may have occurred. We are required to write-down the value of goodwill in periods in which the recorded amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill. Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete financial statements. Our assets and liabilities are employed in and relate to the operations of our reporting units. Therefore, the equity carrying value and future cash flows must be estimated each time a goodwill impairment analysis is performed on a reporting unit. As a result, our assets, liabilities and cash flows are assigned to reporting units using reasonable and consistent allocation methodologies. Certain estimates, judgments and assumptions are required to perform these assignments. We believe these estimates, judgments and assumptions to be reasonable, but changes in many of these can significantly affect each reporting unit's equity carrying value and future cash flows utilized for our goodwill impairment test. Our annual assessment date for testing goodwill impairment is October 31.
As of October 31, 2016, we assessed goodwill for impairment for our three reporting units, which we determined to be business (excluding wholesale), consumer and wholesale and determined that the estimated fair value of our wholesale reporting unit was substantially in excess of our carrying value of equity and the estimated fair value of our business and consumer reporting units exceeded our carrying value of equity by 28% and 18%, respectively.
For additional information on our goodwill balances by segment, see Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.

64


We may be required to assess our goodwill for impairment before our next required assessment date of October 31, 2017 under certain circumstances, including any failure to meet our forecasted future operating results or any significant increases in our weighted average cost of capital. In addition, we cannot assure that adverse conditions will not trigger future goodwill impairment assessments or impairment charges. A number of factors, many of which we cannot control, could affect our financial condition, operating results and business prospects and could cause our actual results to differ from the estimates and assumptions we employed in our goodwill impairment assessment. These factors include, but are not limited to, (i) further weakening in the overall economy; (ii) a significant decline in our stock price and resulting market capitalization as a result of an adverse change to our overall business operations; (iii) changes in the discount rate we use in our testing; (iv) successful efforts by our competitors to gain market share in our markets; (v) adverse changes as a result of regulatory or legislative actions; (vi) a significant adverse change in our legal affairs or in the overall business climate; and (vii) recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial statements of one or more of our subsidiaries that are a component of our segments. For additional information, see "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report. We will continue to monitor certain events that impact our operations to determine if an interim assessment of goodwill impairment should be performed prior to the next required assessment date of October 31, 2017.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment acquired in connection with our acquisitions was recorded based on its estimated fair value as of its acquisition date, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required asset retirement obligation. Purchased and constructed property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required asset retirement obligation. Renewals and betterments of plant and equipment are capitalized while repairs, as well as renewals of minor items, are charged to operating expense. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on the straight-line method using class or overall group rates. The group method provides for the recognition of the remaining net investment, less anticipated net salvage value, over the remaining useful life of the assets. This method requires the periodic revision of depreciation rates.
Normal retirements of property, plant and equipment are charged against accumulated depreciation, with no gain or loss recognized. We depreciate such property on the straight-line method over estimated service lives ranging from 3 to 45 years.
We perform annual internal reviews to evaluate the reasonableness of the depreciable lives for our property, plant and equipment. Our reviews utilize models that take into account actual usage, physical wear and tear, replacement history, assumptions about technology evolution and, in certain instances, actuarially determined probabilities to estimate the remaining life of our asset base.
Due to rapid changes in technology and the competitive environment, determining the estimated economic life of telecommunications plant and equipment requires a significant amount of judgment. We regularly review data on utilization of equipment, asset retirements and salvage values to determine adjustments to our depreciation rates. The effect of a hypothetical one year increase or decrease in the estimated remaining useful lives of our property, plant and equipment would have decreased depreciation expense by approximately $390 million annually or increased depreciation expense by approximately $550 million annually, respectively.
Pension and Post-retirement Benefits
We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit pension plan (referred to as our qualified pension plan) for a substantial portion of our employees. In addition to this tax-qualified pension plan, we also maintain several non-qualified pension plans for certain eligible highly compensated employees. We also maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retirees.
In 2016, approximately 53% of the qualified pension plan's January 1, 2016 net actuarial loss balance of $2.843 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits, which ranges from 9 to 10 years for the plan. The other 47% of the qualified pension plan's beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2016. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $147 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2016.
In 2015, approximately 45% of the qualified pension plan's January 1, 2015 net actuarial loss balance of $2.740 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits, which ranges from 8 to 9 years for the plan. The other 55% of the qualified pension plan's beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2015. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $277 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2015.

65


In 2014, approximately 16% of the qualified pension plans' January 1, 2014 net actuarial loss balance of $1.048 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of participating employees expected to receive benefits, which ranges from 8 to 9 years for the plans. The other 84% of the pension plans' beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2014. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $37 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2014.
In computing our pension and post-retirement health care and life insurance benefit obligations, our most significant assumptions are the discount rate and mortality rates. In computing our periodic pension and post-retirement benefit expense, our most significant assumptions are the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets.
The discount rate for each plan is the rate at which we believe we could effectively settle the plan's benefit obligations as of the end of the year. We selected each plan's discount rate based on a cash flow matching analysis using hypothetical yield curves from U.S. corporate bonds rated high quality and projections of the future benefit payments that constitute the projected benefit obligation for the plans. This process establishes the uniform discount rate that produces the same present value of the estimated future benefit payments as is generated by discounting each year's benefit payments by a spot rate applicable to that year. The spot rates used in this process are derived from a yield curve created from yields on the 60th to 90th percentile of U.S. high quality bonds.
In 2016, we changed the method we use to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit expense for pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. This change resulted in a decrease in the service and interest components in 2016. Beginning in 2016, we utilized a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating these components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows, as opposed to the single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve that we have used in the past. We believe this change more precisely measures service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates. This change did not affect the measurement of our total benefit obligations but lowered our annual net periodic benefit cost by approximately $149 million in 2016. This change was treated as a change in accounting estimate and, accordingly, we did not adjust the amounts recorded in 2015 or 2014.
Mortality rates help predict the expected life of plan participants and are based on historical demographic studies by the Society of Actuaries. In 2016, we adopted the revised mortality table and projection scale released by the Society of Actuaries ("SOA"), which decreased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $268 million. The 2015 revised mortality table and projection scale decreased the 2015 projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $379 million. In 2014, the SOA published new mortality rate tables reflecting increases in the projected life expectancies of North Americans since its publications of earlier tables. We adopted the new tables immediately. This resulted in an increase to the projected benefit obligation of approximately $1.3 billion for our pension and post-retirement benefit plans. The change in the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans was recognized as part of the net actuarial loss and is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a portion of which is subject to amortization over the remaining estimated life of plan participants, which was approximately 9 to 10 years as of December 31, 2016.
The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return we expect to earn on the plans' assets in the future, net of administrative expenses paid from plan assets. The rate of return is determined by the strategic allocation of plan assets and the long-term risk and return forecast for each asset class. The forecasts for each asset class are generated primarily from an analysis of the long-term expectations of various third party investment management organizations to which we then add a factor of 50 basis points to reflect the benefit we expect to result from our active management of the assets. The expected rate of return on plan assets is reviewed annually and revised, as necessary, to reflect changes in the financial markets and our investment strategy.
To compute the expected return on pension and post-retirement benefit plan assets, we apply an expected rate of return to the fair value of the pension plan assets and to the fair value of the post-retirement benefit plan assets adjusted for contribution timing and for projected benefit payments to be made from the plan assets. Annual market volatility for these assets (higher or lower than expected return) is reflected in the net actuarial losses.
Changes in any of the above factors could significantly impact operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive (loss) income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as well as the value of the liability and accumulated other comprehensive loss of stockholders' equity on our consolidated balance sheets. The expected return on plan assets is reflected as a reduction to our pension and post-retirement benefit expense. If our assumed expected rates of return for 2016 were 100 basis points lower, our qualified pension and post-retirement benefit expenses for 2016 would have increased by $92 million. If our assumed discount rates for 2016 were 100 basis points lower, our qualified pension and post-retirement benefit expenses for 2016 would have increased by $46 million and our projected benefit obligation for 2016 would have increased by approximately $1.753 billion.

66


Loss Contingencies and Litigation Reserves
We are involved in several material legal proceedings, as described in more detail in Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. We assess potential losses in relation to these and other pending or threatened tax and legal matters. For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. To the extent these estimates are more or less than the actual liability resulting from the resolution of these matters, our earnings will be increased or decreased accordingly. If the differences are material, our consolidated financial statements could be materially impacted.
For matters related to income taxes, if we determine in our judgment that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize in our financial statements a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. No portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if we determine in our judgment that the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Though the validity of any tax position is a matter of tax law, the body of statutory, regulatory and interpretive guidance on the application of the law is complex and often ambiguous. Because of this, whether a tax position will ultimately be sustained may be uncertain.
Connect America Fund
In 2015, we accepted CAF funding from the FCC of approximately $500 million per year for six years to fund the deployment of voice and broadband capable infrastructure for approximately 1.2 million rural households and businesses (living units) in 33 states under the CAF Phase 2 high-cost support program. This program provides a monthly high-cost subsidy similar to the support provided by the FCC’s previous cost reimbursement programs. Although we believe that there is no specific authoritative U.S. GAAP guidance for the treatment of government assistance, we identified three acceptable methods to account for these funds: (1) recognize revenue when entitled to receive cash, (2) defer cash received until the living units are enabled to receive the service at the FCC specified level, or (3) record the cash received as contra capital. After assessing these alternatives, we have determined that we will recognize CAF Phase 2 funds each month as revenue when we are entitled to receive the cash less a deferred amount. The amount of revenue deferred in 2016 was approximately $12 million. We believe our recognition methodology is consistent with other companies in our industry in the United States, but may not necessarily be consistent with companies outside the United States that receive similar government funding, and we cannot provide assurances to this effect.
In computing the amount of revenue to recognize, we assume that we will not be able to economically enable 100% of the required living units in every state with voice and broadband capabilities under the CAF Phase 2 program. We defer recognition of the funds related to potential living units that we estimate we will not enable until we can with reasonable assurance determine that we can fully meet the enablement targets. As disclosed elsewhere herein, in some limited instances, a portion of the funds must be returned if enablement targets are not attained. Based on estimated enablement, the effect of a hypothetical 1% decrease in our estimate of living units we will not enable with voice and broadband capabilities under the CAF Phase 2 program would have increased our revenue by $3 million in 2016 and a 1% increase would have decreased our revenue by $9 million in 2016.
For additional information about the CAF Phase 2 support program, see the discussion below in "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Connect America Fund."
Income Taxes
Our provision for income taxes includes amounts for tax consequences deferred to future periods. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to tax credit carryforwards, differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax bases of those assets and liabilities and tax net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.
The measurement of deferred taxes often involves the exercise of considerable judgment related to the realization of tax basis. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect our assessment that tax positions taken in filed tax returns and the resulting tax basis are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Assessing tax rates that we expect to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of our income among the states in which we operate. Any changes in our practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations.

67


In connection with recording deferred income tax assets and liabilities, we establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be realized. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to our valuation allowance are appropriate in light of changes in facts or circumstances, such as changes in tax law, interactions with taxing authorities and developments in case law. In making this evaluation, we rely on our recent history of pre-tax earnings. We also rely on our forecasts of future earnings and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, all which involve the exercise of significant judgment. At December 31, 2016, we established a valuation allowance of $375 million primarily related to state NOLs, as it is more likely than not that these NOLs will expire unused. If forecasts of future earnings and the nature and estimated timing of future deductions and benefits change in the future, we may determine that a valuation allowance for certain deferred tax assets is appropriate, which could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 13—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
At December 31, 2016, we held cash and cash equivalents of $222 million and we had $1.630 billion of borrowing capacity available under our $2 billion amended and restated revolving credit facility (referred to as our "Credit Facility", which is described further below). At December 31, 2016, cash and cash equivalents of $44 million were held in foreign bank accounts for the purpose of funding our foreign operations. Due to various factors, our access to foreign cash is generally much more restricted than our access to domestic cash.
Our executive officers and our Board of Directors periodically review our sources and potential uses of cash in connection with our annual budgeting process. Generally speaking, our principal funding source is cash from operating activities, and our principal cash requirements include operating expenses, capital expenditures, income taxes, debt repayments, dividends, periodic stock repurchases, periodic pension contributions and other benefits payments. As discussed below, the amount we pay for income taxes is expected to increase for most of 2017, and the amount we pay for retiree healthcare benefits is expected to increase substantially in 2017. The potential impact of the pending sale of our colocation business and data centers and the potential impact of the pending acquisition of Level 3 are further described below.
Based on our current capital allocation objectives, during 2017 we anticipate expending approximately $2.6 billion of cash for capital investment in property, plant and equipment and up to $1.176 billion for dividends on our common stock, based on the current annual common stock dividend rate of $2.16 and the current number of outstanding common shares, assuming solely for these purposes no impact from the Level 3 acquisition. During 2017, we have debt maturities of $1.421 billion, scheduled debt principal payments of $22 million and capital lease and other fixed payments of approximately $100 million (including $41 million of capital lease obligations related to the colocation operations), excluding liabilities that we expect to assume later in 2017 in connection with consummating the Level 3 acquisition. Each of the expenditures are described further below.
We will continue to monitor our future sources and uses of cash, and anticipate that we will make adjustments to our capital allocation strategies when, as and if determined by our Board of Directors. We typically use our revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity for operating activities and our other cash requirements.
Potential Impact of the Sale of Our Colocation Business and Data Centers
If, as anticipated, we sell our colocation business and data centers in the manner discussed in Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, we expect to receive net cash proceeds of approximately $1.5 billion to $1.7 billion from the sale, which is net of tax payments relating to the sale of approximately $100 million to $200 million, which we anticipate will be triggered by certain corporate restructuring actions we are taking in the first quarter of 2017 regarding certain subsidiaries involved in the colocation business. We also expect ongoing cash flows from operating activities will be negatively impacted by approximately $30 million to $45 million per quarter.

68


Potential Impact of the Pending Acquisition of Level 3
If, as anticipated, we complete the acquisition of Level 3 by the end of third quarter of 2017 in the manner discussed in Note 2—Pending Acquisition of Level 3 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, we expect our operations, financial position and cash flows to be significantly impacted following the closing of the transaction. We expect to issue a significant amount of new debt to finance the Level 3 acquisition, and we would assume approximately $10.9 billion of Level 3’s outstanding debt upon consummating the acquisition. With this additional debt, we would expect our cash paid for interest payments to be significantly higher following the closing of the transaction. We project that our capital expenditures would increase significantly; we anticipate, based on information included in Level 3’s annual guidance regarding its estimated 2017 capital expenditures, that Level 3 will spend approximately $100 million to $125 million per month on average, in the period prior to closing, but that amount could be significantly different than amounts that we expect to spend in the months following the closing of the transaction. In connection with consummating the acquisition, we would expect to issue approximately 538 million shares of our common stock to Level 3 stockholders (including shares of CenturyLink common stock expected to be issued in exchange for outstanding Level 3 equity awards), based on the number of Level 3 shares held of record on January 27, 2017. Based on our current quarterly common stock dividend rate of $0.54 per share, this issuance of additional shares would result in an additional incremental dividend payment of approximately $290 million per quarter. Also, we expect our upcoming cash payments for transaction costs, integration costs and debt financing costs to be material primarily following the closing of the transaction. These above factors are expected to result in a net cash outflow for the period of 2017 following the closing. However, we expect we will have sufficient liquidity to more than offset the impact of the net cash outflows.
Capital Expenditures
We incur capital expenditures on an ongoing basis in order to enhance and modernize our networks, compete effectively in our markets and expand our service offerings. We evaluate capital expenditure projects based on a variety of factors, including expected strategic impacts (such as forecasted impact on revenue growth, productivity, expenses, service levels and customer retention) and our expected return on investment. The amount of capital investment is influenced by, among other things, demand for our services and products, cash flow generated by operating activities, cash required for other purposes and regulatory considerations (such as our CAF Phase 2 infrastructure buildout requirements). Based on current circumstances, we estimate that our total capital expenditures for 2017 will be approximately $2.6 billion, inclusive of CAF Phase 2 related capital expenditures, but exclusive of additional capital expenditures with respect to the Level 3 operations that we expect to acquire later this year.
Our capital expenditures continue to be focused on our strategic services. For more information on our capital spending, see "Business" and "Risk Factors" in Items 1 and 1A, respectively, of Part I of this annual report.
Debt and Other Financing Arrangements
Subject to market conditions, we expect to continue to issue debt securities from time to time in the future to refinance a substantial portion of our maturing debt, including issuing Qwest Corporation debt securities to refinance its maturing debt to the extent feasible. The availability, interest rate and other terms of any new borrowings will depend on the ratings assigned to us and Qwest Corporation by credit rating agencies, among other factors. For further information on our debt maturities, see "Future Contractual Obligations" below.
As of the date of this annual report, the credit ratings for the senior unsecured debt of CenturyLink, Inc. and Qwest Corporation were as follows:
Agency
 
CenturyLink, Inc.
 
Qwest Corporation
Standard & Poor's
 
BB
 
BBB-
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.(1)
 
Ba3
 
Ba1
Fitch Ratings
 
BB+
 
BBB-
______________________________________________________________________
(1) 
On March 15, 2016, Moody's Investors Service, Inc. downgraded CenturyLink, Inc.'s rating from Ba2 to Ba3 and downgraded Qwest Corporation's rating from Baa3 to Ba1.
Our credit ratings are reviewed and adjusted from time to time by the rating agencies, and downgrades of CenturyLink, Inc.'s senior unsecured debt ratings could, under certain circumstances, incrementally increase the cost of our borrowing under the Credit Facility. Moreover, any additional downgrades of CenturyLink, Inc.'s or Qwest Corporation's senior unsecured debt ratings could impact our access to debt capital or further raise our borrowing costs. See "Risk Factors—Risks Affecting our Liquidity and Capital Resources" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.

69


Following the announcement of our pending acquisition of Level 3, Standard & Poor's indicated that CenturyLink, Inc.'s current unsecured senior debt rating of BB has been placed on watch with negative implications, Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. indicated that CenturyLink, Inc.'s current senior unsecured debt rating of Ba3 has been placed on review for downgrade and Fitch Ratings indicated that CenturyLink, Inc.'s current unsecured senior debt rating of BB+ has been placed on negative watch. Additionally, Qwest Corporation's current unsecured senior debt rating of Ba1 has been placed on review for downgrade by Moody's Investor Service, Inc. and its current unsecured senior debt rating of BBB- has been placed on negative watch by Fitch Ratings. It is expected that any downgrades would be made only following the completion of the Level 3 acquisition.
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards
In recent years, we have been using Net Operating Loss ("NOL") carryforwards to offset a large portion of our federal taxable income. As of December 31, 2016, we have substantially utilized our federal NOL carryforwards. A portion of these remaining NOL carryforwards are subject to the limitations imposed by section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code"). As a result of the substantial utilization of the NOL carryforwards in prior years and the limitations imposed on portions of the remaining NOL carryforward balance, the amounts of our cash flows dedicated to or required for the payment of federal taxes has increased and is expected to continue to increase substantially during 2017 prior to our anticipated acquisition of additional NOLs later this year, as described further below. The amounts of our near-term tax payments will depend upon many factors, including our future earnings and tax circumstances. Based on current laws (including the extension of bonus depreciation) and our current estimates of 2017 earnings, we estimate our cash income tax liability related to 2017 will be between $500 million to $600 million, exclusive of (i) tax payments relating to the sale of our data centers and colocation business of approximately $100 million to $200 million, which we anticipate will be triggered by certain corporate restructuring actions we are taking in the first quarter of 2017 regarding certain subsidiaries involved in the colocation business and (ii) the impact of acquiring Level 3.
Based on information provided to us by Level 3, as of December 31, 2016, Level 3 had approximately $9.0 billion of NOL carryforwards that we expect to acquire in connection with the Level 3 transaction. We cannot assure you that we will be able to use these NOL carryforwards fully, or at all. See "Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Our Pending Acquisition of Level 3—We cannot assure you, whether, when or in what amounts we will be able to use Level 3's net operating loss carryforwards following the Level 3 acquisition" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
Dividends
We currently expect to continue our current practice of paying quarterly cash dividends in respect of our common stock subject to our Board of Directors' discretion to modify or terminate this practice at any time and for any reason without prior notice. Our current quarterly common stock dividend rate is $0.54 per share, as approved by our Board of Directors, which we believe is a dividend rate per share that gives us the flexibility to balance our multiple objectives of managing our business, paying our fixed commitments and returning cash to our shareholders. Assuming continued payment during 2017 at this rate of $0.54 per share, our average total dividends paid each quarter prior to the Level 3 acquisition would be approximately $294 million based on our current number of outstanding shares (which does not reflect shares that we expect to issue in connection with the Level 3 acquisition or any other shares that we might issue or repurchase in future periods). See "Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Business" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
Credit Facility
Our $2 billion Credit Facility matures on December 3, 2019 and has 16 lenders, each with commitments ranging from $3.5 million to $198.5 million. The Credit Facility allows us to obtain revolving loans and to issue up to $400 million of letters of credit, which upon issuance reduces the amount available for other extensions of credit. Interest is assessed on borrowings using either the LIBOR or the base rate (each as defined in the Credit Facility) plus an applicable margin between 1.00% and 2.25% per annum for LIBOR loans and 0.00% and 1.25% per annum for base rate loans depending on our then current senior unsecured long-term debt rating. Our obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by nine of our subsidiaries. At December 31, 2016, we had $370 million in borrowings and no amounts of letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility.

70


Under the Credit Facility, we, and our indirect subsidiary, Qwest Corporation, must maintain a debt to EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as defined in our Credit Facility) ratio of not more than 4.0:1.0 and 2.85:1.0, respectively, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the four quarters then ended. The Credit Facility also contains a negative pledge covenant, which generally requires us to secure equally and ratably any advances under the Credit Facility if we pledge assets or permit liens on our property for the benefit of other debtholders. The Credit Facility also has a cross payment default provision, and the Credit Facility and certain of our debt securities also have cross acceleration provisions. When present, these provisions could have a wider impact on liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument. Our debt to EBITDA ratios could be adversely affected by a wide variety of events, including unforeseen expenses or contingencies. This could reduce our financing flexibility due to potential restrictions on incurring additional debt under certain provisions of our debt agreements or, in certain circumstances, could result in a default under certain provisions of such agreements.
Term Loans and Revolving Letter of Credit
At December 31, 2016, CenturyLink, Inc. owed $336 million under a term loan maturing in 2019 and Qwest Corporation owed $100 million under a term loan maturing in 2025. Both of these term loans include covenants substantially similar to those set forth in the Credit Facility.
We have a $160 million uncommitted revolving letter of credit facility which enables us to provide letters of credit under terms that may be more favorable than those under the Credit Facility. At December 31, 2016, our outstanding letters of credit totaled $105 million under this facility.
For information on our outstanding debt securities, see immediately below "Future Contractual Obligations" and Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
Level 3 Financing Commitment Letter
In connection with entering into our merger agreement with Level 3, we obtained a debt commitment letter from a group of lenders. See Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, for additional information on the financing commitment letter.

71


Future Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our estimated future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
2020
 
2021
 
2022 and thereafter
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Long-term debt(1)(2)
$
1,544

 
280

 
1,131

 
1,032

 
2,329

 
14,003

 
20,319

Interest on long-term debt and
capital leases(2)
1,202

 
1,164

 
1,137

 
1,069

 
893

 
15,434

 
20,899

Operating leases(3)
295

 
276

 
249

 
226

 
162

 
1,049

 
2,257

Purchase commitments(4)
166

 
109

 
44

 
26

 
15

 
67

 
427

Post-retirement benefit obligation(5)
97

 
94

 
90

 
87

 
83

 
775

 
1,226

Non-qualified pension obligations(5)
6

 
5

 
5

 
5

 
4

 
20

 
45

Unrecognized tax benefits(6)

 

 

 

 

 
51

 
51

Other
6

 
7

 
7

 
6

 
8

 
60

 
94

Total future contractual obligations (7)
$
3,316

 
1,935

 
2,663

 
2,451

 
3,494

 
31,459

 
45,318

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Includes current maturities and capital lease obligations, but excludes unamortized discounts, net and unamortized debt issuance costs. Also, includes $305 million of capital lease obligations related to our colocation operations. See Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information regarding the future commitments for capital leases related to our colocation operations.
(2) 
Actual principal and interest paid in all years may differ due to future refinancing of outstanding debt or issuance of new debt. Interest on our floating rate debt was calculated for all years using the rates effective at December 31, 2016. Also, includes interest and executory costs of $93 million associated with our capital lease obligations related to our colocation operations. See Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information regarding the future commitments for capital leases related to our colocation operations.
(3)
Includes $750 million of operating lease future rental commitments related to our colocation operations. See Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information regarding the future commitments for operating leases related to our colocation operations.
(4) 
We have various long-term, non-cancelable purchase commitments for advertising and promotion services, including advertising and marketing at sports arenas and other venues and events. We also have purchase commitments with third-party vendors for operating, installation and maintenance services for facilities. In addition, we have service-related commitments with various vendors for data processing, technical and software support services. Future payments under certain service contracts will vary depending on our actual usage. In the table above, we estimated payments for these service contracts based on estimates of the level of services we expect to receive. Includes $80 million of purchase commitments related to our colocation operations. See Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information regarding the purchase commitments related to our colocation operations.
(5) 
Reflects only the portion of total obligation that is contractual in nature. See Note 7 below.
(6) 
Represents the amount of tax and interest we would pay for our unrecognized tax benefits. The $51 million is composed of unrecognized tax benefits of $16 million and related estimated interest of $35 million, which would result in future cash payments if our tax positions were not upheld. See Note 13—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information. The timing of any payments for our unrecognized tax benefits cannot be predicted with certainty; therefore, such amount is reflected in the "2022 and thereafter" column in the above table.
(7) 
The table is limited solely to contractual payment obligations and does not include:
contingent liabilities;
our open purchase orders as of December 31, 2016. These purchase orders are generally issued at fair value, and are generally cancelable without penalty;
other long-term liabilities, such as accruals for legal matters and other taxes that are not contractual obligations by nature. We cannot determine with any degree of reliability the years in which these liabilities might ultimately settle;
cash funding requirements for qualified pension benefits payable to certain eligible current and future retirees. Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a trust. Cash funding requirements for this trust are not included in this table as we are not able to reliably estimate required contributions to this trust. Our funding projections are discussed further below;
certain post-retirement benefits payable to certain eligible current and future retirees. Not all of our post-retirement benefit obligation amount is a contractual obligation and only the portion that we believe is a contractual obligation is reported in the table. See additional information on our benefits plans in Note 9—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report;

72


contract termination fees. These fees are non-recurring payments, the timing and payment of which, if any, is uncertain. In the ordinary course of business and to optimize our cost structure, we enter into contracts with terms greater than one year to use the network facilities of other carriers and to purchase other goods and services. Our contracts to use other carriers' network facilities generally have no minimum volume requirements and pricing is based upon volumes and usage. Assuming we terminate these contracts in 2017, the contract termination fees would be $359 million. Under the same assumption, we estimate that our termination fees for these contracts to purchase goods and services would be $165 million. In the normal course of business, we do not believe payment of these fees is likely;
service level commitments to our customers, the violation of which typically results in service credits rather than cash payments; and
potential indemnification obligations to counterparties in certain agreements entered into in the normal course of business. The nature and terms of these arrangements vary.
For information on debt that we expect to assume or incur in connection with consummating the Level 3 acquisition, see "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report and Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Obligations
We are subject to material obligations under our existing defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. At December 31, 2016, the accounting unfunded status of our qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and qualified post-retirement benefit plans was $2.409 billion and $3.360 billion, respectively. See Note 9—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for additional information about our pension and post-retirement benefit arrangements.
Benefits paid by our qualified pension plan are paid through a trust that holds all of the plan's assets. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not expect any contributions to be required for our qualified pension plan during 2017. The amount of required contributions to our qualified pension plan in 2018 and beyond will depend on a variety of factors, most of which are beyond our control, including earnings on plan investments, prevailing interest rates, demographic experience, changes in plan benefits and changes in funding laws and regulations. We occasionally make voluntary contributions to the trust in addition to required contributions, including voluntary contributions in the amount of $100 million made in the third quarter of both 2016 and 2015. We currently expect to make a voluntary contribution of $100 million to the trust in 2017.
Substantially all of our post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits plans are unfunded. Several trusts hold assets that have been used to help cover the health care costs of certain retirees. Assets in the post-retirement trusts have been substantially depleted as of December 31, 2016; however, we will continue to pay certain benefits through the trusts. The fair value of these trust assets was approximately $53 million at December 31, 2016, with a portion comprised of investments with restricted liquidity. Benefits not paid through the trusts will be paid directly by us. As described further in Note 9—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, aggregate benefits paid by us under these plans (net of participant contributions and direct subsidy receipts) were $129 million, $116 million and $88 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, while the amounts paid from the trust were $145 million, $163 million and $219 million, respectively. For additional information on our expected future benefits payments for our post-retirement benefit plans, please see Note 9—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II in this annual report.
For 2017, our estimated annual long-term rates of return are 6.5% and 5.0% for the pension plan trust assets and post-retirement plans' trust assets, respectively, based on the assets currently held. However, actual returns could be substantially different.

73


Workforce Reductions
In response to the continued decline of our legacy services revenues and to better align our workforce with our workload requirements, we periodically implement workforce reduction programs. In the third quarter of 2016, we announced plans to reduce our workforce, initially through voluntary severance packages and the balance through involuntary reductions. We recognized in the fourth quarter of 2016 a charge for severance expenses and other one-time termination benefits of $164 million, $98 million of which remained to be paid as of December 31, 2016.
Connect America Fund
In 2015, we accepted CAF funding from the FCC of approximately $500 million per year for six years to fund the deployment of voice and broadband capable infrastructure for approximately 1.2 million rural households and businesses in 33 states under the CAF Phase 2 high-cost support program. The funding from the CAF Phase 2 support program has substantially replaced the funding from the interstate USF program that we previously utilized to support voice services in high-cost rural markets in these 33 states. In late 2015, we began receiving these monthly support payments from the FCC under the new CAF Phase 2 support program, which included (i) monthly support payments at a higher rate than under the interstate USF support program and (ii) a substantial one-time transitional payment, designed to align the prior USF payments with the new CAF Phase 2 payments for the full year 2015. For 2016, we continued to receive monthly support payments at the higher rate than under the interstate USF support program. We received $214 million and $209 million more cash from the CAF Phase 2 program for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, than the projected amounts we would have otherwise received during the same periods under the interstate USF support program.
As a result of accepting CAF Phase 2 support payments for 33 states, we will be obligated to make substantial capital expenditures to build broadband infrastructure over the next several years. See "Capital Expenditures" above.
For additional information on the FCC's CAF order and the USF program, see "Business—Regulation" in Item 1 of Part I of this annual report and see "Risk Factors—Risks Affecting Our Liquidity and Capital Resources" in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
In 2013, under the CAF Phase 1 Round 2 program, we received $40 million in funding for deployment of broadband services in rural areas. In compliance with program terms, during the second half of 2016 we returned $23 million for failing to meet interim buildout milestones within the FCC specified time frames. As of December 31, 2016, we have included the remaining $17 million of funding in deferred credits and other liabilities - other on our consolidated balance sheet. At the conclusion of the CAF 1 Round 2 program in the first quarter 2017, we will have an opportunity to reclaim a majority of the interim refund if we ultimately meet the CAF 1 Round 2 buildout targets.
Historical Information
The following tables summarize our consolidated cash flow activities:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase /
(Decrease)
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
4,608

 
5,152

 
(544
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(2,994
)
 
(2,853
)
 
141

Net cash used in financing activities
(1,518
)
 
(2,301
)
 
(783
)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Increase /
(Decrease)
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
5,152

 
5,188

 
(36
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(2,853
)
 
(3,077
)
 
(224
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(2,301
)
 
(2,151
)
 
150


74


Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $544 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to a significant negative variance in net income adjusted for non-cash items (attributable to higher cash taxes paid and lower profitability), which was partially offset by a positive variance in the change in accounts payable. Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $36 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to a slight negative variance in net income adjusted for non-cash items along with negative variances in accounts payable and other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net. The decreases were substantially offset with positive variances in accrued income and other taxes and other current assets and liabilities, net, which was primarily due to a payment of approximately $235 million in 2014 to settle certain litigation. Our net cash provided by operating activities in 2016 and 2015 were positively impacted by the cash received from the CAF Phase 2 support program, which was $214 million and $209 million greater in 2016 and 2015, respectively, than the projected amounts of cash we would have otherwise received during the same periods under the interstate USF support program. For additional information about our operating results, see "Results of Operations" above.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities increased by $141 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 substantially due to an increase in payments for property, plant and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $224 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to a decrease in payments of property, plant and equipment and amounts paid for acquisitions in 2015.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $783 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to a reduction of common stock repurchases. Net cash used in financing activities increased by $150 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to additional common stock repurchases. Net debt repayments have been about the same for all three years.
On December 23, 2016, a subsidiary of Embarq Corporation redeemed $5 million of its 8.375% Notes due 2025, which resulted in an immaterial loss.
On September 19, 2016, a subsidiary of Embarq Corporation redeemed all of its 8.77% Notes due 2017, which was less than $4 million and resulted in an immaterial loss.
On September 15, 2016, Qwest Corporation redeemed $287 million of its 7.5% Notes due 2051, which resulted in a loss of $9 million.
On August 29, 2016, Qwest Corporation redeemed all $661 million of its 7.375% Notes due 2051, which resulted in a loss of $18 million.
On August 22, 2016, Qwest Corporation issued $978 million aggregate principal amount of 6.5% Notes due 2056, including $128 million principal amount that was sold pursuant to an over-allotment option, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $946 million.
On June 1, 2016, Embarq Corporation paid at maturity the $1.184 billion principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 7.082% Notes.
On May 2, 2016, Qwest Corporation paid at maturity the $235 million principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 8.375% Notes.
On April 6, 2016, CenturyLink, Inc. issued $1 billion aggregate principal amount of 7.5% Notes due 2024, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $988 million.
On January 29, 2016, Qwest Corporation issued $235 million aggregate principal amount of 7% Notes due 2056, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $227 million.
See Note 5—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, for additional information on our outstanding debt securities.

75


Other Matters
In February 2015, the FCC adopted new regulations that regulate broadband services as a public utility service under Title II of the Communications Act. In light of pending litigation and changes in the composition of the FCC, we believe it is premature for us to determine the ultimate impact of the new regulations on our operations. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Legal and Regulatory Matters” in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report.
We have cash management arrangements with certain of our principal subsidiaries, in which substantial portions of the subsidiaries' cash is regularly advanced to us. Although we periodically repay these advances to fund the subsidiaries' cash requirements throughout the year, at any given point in time we may owe a substantial sum to our subsidiaries under these advances, which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are eliminated in consolidation and therefore not recognized on our consolidated balance sheets.
We also are involved in various legal proceedings that could substantially impact our financial position. See Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report for the current status of such legal proceedings.
Market Risk
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt obligations and fluctuations in certain foreign currencies. We seek to maintain a favorable mix of fixed and variable rate debt in an effort to limit interest costs and cash flow volatility resulting from changes in rates.
Management periodically reviews our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and periodically implements strategies to manage the exposure. From time to time, we have used derivative instruments to (i) lock-in or swap our exposure to changing or variable interest rates for fixed interest rates or (ii) to swap obligations to pay fixed interest rates for variable interest rates. As of December 31, 2016, we had no such instruments outstanding. We have established policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of derivative instrument activities. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
At December 31, 2016, we had approximately $19.6 billion (excluding capital lease and other obligations with a carrying amount of $440 million) of long-term debt outstanding, approximately 96% of which bears interest at fixed rates and is therefore not exposed to interest rate risk. At December 31, 2016, we had $806 million floating rate debt exposed to changes in either the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Prime Rate. A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points in LIBOR relative to this debt would decrease our annual pre-tax earnings by $8 million.
By operating internationally, we are exposed to the risk of fluctuations in the foreign currencies used by our international subsidiaries, primarily the British Pound, and secondarily the Canadian Dollar, the Japanese Yen, the Hong Kong Dollar and the Singapore Dollar. Although the percentages of our consolidated revenues and costs that are denominated in these currencies are immaterial, future volatility in exchange rates and an increase in the number of transactions could adversely impact our consolidated results of operations. We use a sensitivity analysis to estimate our exposure to this foreign currency risk, measuring the change in financial position arising from a hypothetical 10% change in the exchange rates of these currencies, relative to the U.S. Dollar, with all other variables held constant. The aggregate potential change in the fair value of financial assets resulting from a hypothetical 10% change in these exchange rates was $18 million at December 31, 2016.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation of exposures to market risks. Actual values may differ materially from those disclosed by us from time to time if market conditions vary from the assumptions used in the analyses performed. These analyses only incorporate the risk exposures that existed at December 31, 2016.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no special purpose or limited purpose entities that provide off-balance sheet financing, liquidity, or market or credit risk support and we do not engage in leasing, hedging or other similar activities that expose us to any significant liabilities that are not (i) reflected on the face of the consolidated financial statements, (ii) disclosed in Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report, or in the Future Contractual Obligations table included in this Item 7 of Part II above, or (iii) discussed under the heading "Market Risk" above.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk" in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report is incorporated herein by reference.

76


ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
CenturyLink, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CenturyLink, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and stockholders' equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), CenturyLink, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 22, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of CenturyLink, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Shreveport, Louisiana
February 22, 2017

77


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
CenturyLink, Inc.:
We have audited CenturyLink, Inc.'s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Item 9A). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of CenturyLink, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and stockholders' equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, and our report dated February 22, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Shreveport, Louisiana
February 22, 2017

78


CENTURYLINK, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts and shares in thousands)
OPERATING REVENUES
$
17,470

 
17,900

 
18,031

OPERATING EXPENSES
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
7,774

 
7,778

 
7,846

Selling, general and administrative
3,449

 
3,328

 
3,347

Depreciation and amortization
3,916

 
4,189

 
4,428

Total operating expenses
15,139

 
15,295

 
15,621

OPERATING INCOME
2,331

 
2,605

 
2,410

OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
(1,318
)
 
(1,312
)
 
(1,311
)
Other income, net
7

 
23

 
11

Total other expense, net
(1,311
)
 
(1,289
)
 
(1,300
)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE
1,020

 
1,316

 
1,110

Income tax expense
394

 
438

 
338

NET INCOME
$
626

 
878

 
772

BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
 
 
 
 
 
BASIC
$
1.16

 
1.58

 
1.36

DILUTED
$
1.16

 
1.58

 
1.36

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
 
 
 
 
 
BASIC
539,549

 
554,278

 
568,435

DILUTED
540,679

 
555,093

 
569,739

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

79


CENTURYLINK, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
NET INCOME
$
626

 
878

 
772

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME:
 
 
 
 
 
Items related to employee benefit plans:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in net actuarial (loss) gain, net of $113, $(12) and $742 tax
(168
)
 
21

 
(1,200
)
Change in net prior service credit (costs), net of $(4), $(47) and $1 tax
6

 
76

 
(1
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment and other, net of $—, $— and $1 tax
(21
)
 
(14
)
 
(14
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income
(183
)
 
83

 
(1,215
)
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
$
443

 
961

 
(443
)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

80


CENTURYLINK, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions
and shares in thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
CURRENT ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
222

 
126

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $178 and $152
2,017

 
1,943

Assets held for sale
2,376

 
8

Other
547

 
573

Total current assets
5,162

 
2,650

NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
39,194

 
38,785

Accumulated depreciation
(22,155
)
 
(20,716
)
Net property, plant and equipment
17,039

 
18,069

GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS
 
 
 
Goodwill
19,650

 
20,742

Customer relationships, net
2,797

 
3,928

Other intangible assets, net
1,531

 
1,555

Other, net
838

 
660

Total goodwill and other assets
24,816

 
26,885

TOTAL ASSETS
$
47,017

 
47,604

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
$
1,503

 
1,503

Accounts payable
1,179

 
968

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
 
 
 
Salaries and benefits
802

 
602

Income and other taxes
301

 
318

Interest
260

 
250

Other
213

 
220

Current liabilities associated with assets held for sale
419

 

Advance billings and customer deposits
672

 
743

Total current liabilities
5,349

 
4,604

LONG-TERM DEBT
18,185

 
18,722

DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes, net
3,471

 
3,569

Benefit plan obligations, net
5,527

 
5,511

Other
1,086

 
1,138

Total deferred credits and other liabilities
10,084

 
10,218

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 16)

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Preferred stock — non-redeemable, $25.00 par value, authorized 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 shares

 

Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 1,600,000 and 1,600,000 shares, issued and outstanding 546,545 and 543,800 shares
547

 
544

Additional paid-in capital
14,970

 
15,178

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(2,117
)
 
(1,934
)
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings
(1
)
 
272

Total stockholders' equity
13,399

 
14,060

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
47,017

 
47,604

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

81


CENTURYLINK, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
626

 
878

 
772

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
3,916

 
4,189

 
4,428

Impairment of assets
13

 
9

 
32

Deferred income taxes
6

 
350

 
291

Provision for uncollectible accounts
192

 
177

 
159

Net long-term debt issuance costs and premium amortization
2

 
(3
)
 
(21
)
Net loss on early retirement of debt
27

 

 

Share-based compensation
80

 
73

 
79

Changes in current assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
(266
)
 
(132
)
 
(163
)
Accounts payable
109

 
(168
)
 
70

Accrued income and other taxes
(43
)
 
32

 
(84
)
Other current assets and liabilities, net
92

 
(53
)
 
(270
)
Retirement benefits
(152
)
 
(141
)
 
(184
)
Changes in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net
(18
)
 
(78
)
 
99

Other, net
24

 
19

 
(20
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
4,608

 
5,152

 
5,188

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Payments for property, plant and equipment and capitalized software
(2,981
)
 
(2,872
)
 
(3,047
)
Cash paid for acquisitions
(39
)
 
(4
)
 
(93
)
Proceeds from sale of property and intangible assets
30

 
31

 
63

Other, net
(4
)
 
(8
)
 

Net cash used in investing activities
(2,994
)
 
(2,853
)
 
(3,077
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
2,161

 
989

 
483

Payments of long-term debt
(2,462
)
 
(966
)
 
(800
)
Net payments on credit facility and revolving line of credit
(40
)
 
(315
)
 
(4
)
Early retirement of debt costs

 
(1
)
 

Dividends paid
(1,167
)
 
(1,198
)
 
(1,228
)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
6

 
11

 
50

Repurchase of common stock and shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings
(16
)
 
(819
)
 
(650
)
Other, net

 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(1,518
)
 
(2,301
)
 
(2,151
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
96

 
(2
)
 
(40
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
126

 
128

 
168

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
222

 
126

 
128

Supplemental cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes paid, net
$
(397
)
 
(63
)
 
(27
)
Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $54, $52 and $47)
$
(1,301
)
 
(1,310
)
 
(1,338
)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

82


CENTURYLINK, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
COMMON STOCK (represents dollars and shares)
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
544

 
569

 
584

Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans
3

 
2

 
4

Repurchase of common stock

 
(27
)
 
(19
)
Balance at end of period
547

 
544

 
569

ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
15,178

 
16,324

 
17,343

Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans
7

 
9

 
46

Repurchase of common stock

 
(767
)
 
(591
)
Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings
(15
)
 
(19
)
 
(16
)
Share-based compensation and other, net
79

 
77

 
82

Dividends declared
(279
)
 
(446
)
 
(540
)
Balance at end of period
14,970

 
15,178

 
16,324

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(1,934
)
 
(2,017
)
 
(802
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income
(183
)
 
83

 
(1,215
)
Balance at end of period
(2,117
)
 
(1,934
)
 
(2,017
)
(ACCUMULATED DEFICIT) RETAINED EARNINGS
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
272

 
147

 
66

Net income
626

 
878

 
772

Dividends declared
(899
)
 
(753
)
 
(691
)
Balance at end of period
(1
)
 
272

 
147

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
13,399

 
14,060

 
15,023

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

83


CENTURYLINK, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      References in the Notes to "CenturyLink," "we," "us" and "our" refer to CenturyLink, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the content otherwise requires and except in Note 5, where such references refer solely to CenturyLink, Inc.
(1)    Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
General
We are an integrated communications company engaged primarily in providing an array of services to our residential and business customers. Our communications services include local and long-distance voice, broadband, Multi-Protocol Label Switching ("MPLS"), private line (including special access), Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), data integration, video, network, public access, Voice over Internet Protocol ("VoIP"), information technology and other ancillary services.
On October 31, 2016, we entered into a definitive merger agreement under which we agreed to acquire Level 3 Communications, Inc. ("Level 3") in a cash and stock transaction. See Note 2—Pending Acquisition of Level 3 for additional information. On November 3, 2016, we entered into a definitive stock purchase agreement with a consortium led by BC Partners, Inc. and Medina Capital under which we propose to sell our data centers and colocation business for a combination of cash and equity. See Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers for additional information.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our subsidiaries. Intercompany amounts and transactions with our consolidated subsidiaries have been eliminated.
To simplify the overall presentation of our consolidated financial statements, we report immaterial amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests in certain of our subsidiaries as follows: (i) income attributable to noncontrolling interests in other income, net, (ii) equity attributable to noncontrolling interests in additional paid-in capital and (iii) cash flows attributable to noncontrolling interests in other, net financing activities.
We reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation, including the categorization of our revenues and our segment reporting. See Note 14—Segment Information for additional information. These changes had no impact on total operating revenues, total operating expenses or net income for any period presented.
Connect America Fund
In 2015, we accepted Connect America Fund ("CAF") funding from the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") of approximately $500 million per year for six years to fund the deployment of voice and broadband capable infrastructure for approximately 1.2 million rural households and businesses in 33 states under the CAF Phase 2 high-cost support program. The funding from the CAF Phase 2 support program has substantially replaced the funding from the interstate Universal Service Fund ("USF") program that we previously utilized to support voice services in high-cost rural markets in these 33 states. In late 2015, we began receiving these monthly support payments from the FCC under the new CAF Phase 2 support program, which included (i) monthly support payments at a higher rate than under the interstate USF support program and (ii) a substantial one-time transitional payment, designed to align the prior USF payments with the new CAF Phase 2 payments for the full year 2015. For 2016, we continued to receive the monthly support payments at the higher rate than under the interstate USF support program. We recorded $201 million and $215 million more revenue from the CAF Phase 2 program for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, than the projected amounts we would have otherwise recorded during the same periods under the interstate USF support program.

84


Changes in Estimates
In 2016, we changed the method we use to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit expense for pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. This change resulted in a decrease in the service and interest components in 2016. Beginning in 2016, we utilized a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating these components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows, as opposed to the single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve that we have used in the past. We believe this change more precisely measures service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates. This change did not affect the measurement of our total benefit obligations but lowered our annual net periodic benefit cost by approximately $149 million in 2016. This change was treated as a change in accounting estimate and accordingly, we did not adjust the amounts recorded in 2015 or 2014. The reduction in expense described above, net of tax, increased net income by $91 million, or $0.17 per basic and diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions we make when accounting for specific items and matters, including, but not limited to, investments, long-term contracts, customer retention patterns, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation, amortization, asset valuations, internal labor capitalization rates, recoverability of assets (including deferred tax assets), impairment assessments, pension, post-retirement and other post-employment benefits, taxes, certain liabilities and other provisions and contingencies, are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and components of stockholders' equity as of the dates of the consolidated balance sheets, as well as the reported amounts of revenues, expenses and components of cash flows during the periods presented in our other consolidated financial statements. We also make estimates in our assessments of potential losses in relation to threatened or pending tax and legal matters. See Note 13—Income Taxes and Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.
For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. If we have the potential to recover a portion of the estimated loss from a third party, we make a separate assessment of recoverability and reduce the estimated loss if recovery is also deemed probable.
For matters related to income taxes, if we determine that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. No portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest is recognized on the amount of unrecognized benefit from uncertain tax positions.
For all of these and other matters, actual results could differ materially from our estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue for services when the related services are provided. Recognition of certain payments received in advance of services being provided is deferred until the service is provided. These advance payments include activation and installation charges, which we recognize as revenue over the expected customer relationship period, which ranges from three years to over seven years depending on the service. We also defer costs for customer activations and installations. The deferral of customer activation and installation costs is limited to the amount of revenue deferred on advance payments. Costs in excess of advance payments are recorded as expense in the period such costs are incurred. Expected customer relationship periods are estimated using historical experience. In most cases, termination fees or other fees on existing contracts that are negotiated in conjunction with new contracts are deferred and recognized over the new contract term.
We offer bundle discounts to our customers who receive certain groupings of services. These bundle discounts are recognized concurrently with the associated revenue and are allocated to the various services in the bundled offering based on the estimated selling price of services included in each bundled combination.

85


Customer arrangements that include both equipment and services are evaluated to determine whether the elements are separable. If the elements are deemed separable and separate earnings processes exist, the revenue associated with the customer arrangement is allocated to each element based on the relative estimated selling price of the separate elements. We have estimated the selling prices of each element by reference to vendor-specific objective evidence of selling prices when the elements are sold separately. The revenue associated with each element is then recognized as earned. For example, if we receive an advance payment when we sell equipment and continuing service together, we immediately recognize as revenue the amount allocated to the equipment as long as all the conditions for revenue recognition have been satisfied. The portion of the advance payment allocated to the service based upon its relative selling price is recognized ratably over the longer of the contractual period or the expected customer relationship period.
We periodically transfer optical capacity assets on our network to other telecommunications service carriers. These transactions are structured as indefeasible rights of use, commonly referred to as IRUs, which are the exclusive right to use a specified amount of capacity or fiber for a specified term, typically 20 years. We account for the cash consideration received on transfers of optical capacity assets and on all of the other elements deliverable under an IRU, as revenue ratably over the term of the agreement. We do not recognize revenue on any contemporaneous exchanges of our optical capacity assets for other optical capacity assets.
In connection with offering products and services provided by third-party vendors, we review the relationship between us, the vendor and the end customer to assess whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis. In assessing whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis, we consider whether we act as a principal in the transaction, take title to the products, have risk and rewards of ownership or act as an agent or broker. Based on our agreements with DIRECTV and Verizon Wireless, we offer these services through sales agency relationships which are reported on a net basis.
We have service level commitments pursuant to contracts with certain of our customers. To the extent that such service levels are not achieved or are otherwise disputed due to performance or service issues or other service interruptions or conditions, we will estimate the amount of credits to be issued and record a reduction to revenues, with a corresponding increase in the credit reserve.
USF Surcharges, Gross Receipts Taxes and Other Surcharges
In determining whether to include in our revenues and expenses the taxes and surcharges collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, including USF surcharges, sales, use, value added and some excise taxes, we assess, among other things, whether we are the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in each jurisdiction where we do business. In jurisdictions where we determine that we are the principal taxpayer, we record the surcharges on a gross basis and include them in our revenues and costs of services and products. In jurisdictions where we determine that we are merely a collection agent for the government authority, we record the taxes on a net basis and do not include them in our revenues and costs of services and products.
Advertising Costs
Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Our advertising expense was $216 million, $210 million and $214 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Legal Costs
In the normal course of our business, we incur costs to hire and retain external legal counsel to advise us on regulatory, litigation and other matters. We expense these costs as the related services are received.
Income Taxes
We file a consolidated federal income tax return with our eligible subsidiaries. The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable, an amount for tax consequences deferred to future periods and adjustments to our liabilities for uncertain tax positions. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to tax net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"), tax credit carryforwards and differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax bases of those assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.
We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be recovered. Each quarter we evaluate the need to retain all or a portion of the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. See Note 13—Income Taxes for additional information.

86


Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and are not subject to significant risk from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the value at which cash and cash equivalents are reported in our consolidated financial statements approximates their fair value. In evaluating investments for classification as cash equivalents, we require that individual securities have original maturities of ninety days or less and that individual investment funds have dollar-weighted average maturities of ninety days or less. To preserve capital and maintain liquidity, we invest with financial institutions we deem to be of sound financial condition and in high quality and relatively risk-free investment products. Our cash investment policy limits the concentration of investments with specific financial institutions or among certain products and includes criteria related to credit worthiness of any particular financial institution.
Book overdrafts occur when checks have been issued but have not been presented to our controlled disbursement bank accounts for payment. Disbursement bank accounts allow us to delay funding of issued checks until the checks are presented for payment. Until the issued checks are presented for payment, the book overdrafts are included in accounts payable on our consolidated balance sheet. This activity is included in the operating activities section in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are recognized based upon the amount due from customers for the services provided or at cost for purchased and other receivables less an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable reflects our best estimate of probable losses inherent in our receivable portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence. We generally consider our accounts past due if they are outstanding over 30 days. Our collection process varies by the customer segment, amount of the receivable, and our evaluation of the customer's credit risk. Our past due accounts are written off against our allowance for doubtful accounts when collection is considered to be not probable. Any recoveries of accounts previously written off are generally recognized as a reduction in bad debt expense in the period received. The carrying value of accounts receivable net of the allowance for doubtful accounts approximates fair value.
Property, Plant and Equipment
We record property, plant and equipment acquired in connection with our acquisitions based on its estimated fair value as of its acquisition date plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. We record purchased and constructed property, plant and equipment at cost, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. Property, plant and equipment is depreciated primarily using the straight-line group method. Under the straight-line group method, assets dedicated to providing telecommunications services (which comprise the majority of our property, plant and equipment) that have similar physical characteristics, use and expected useful lives are pooled for purposes of depreciation and tracking. The equal life group procedure is used to establish each pool's average remaining useful life. Generally, under the straight-line group method, when an asset is sold or retired in the course of normal business activities, the cost is deducted from property, plant and equipment and charged to accumulated depreciation without recognition of a gain or loss. A gain or loss is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations only if a disposal is unusual. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful lives of the assets or the expected lease term. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Interest is capitalized during the construction phase of network and other internal-use capital projects. Employee-related costs for construction of network and other internal use assets are also capitalized during the construction phase. Property, plant and equipment supplies used internally are carried at average cost, except for significant individual items for which cost is based on specific identification.
We perform annual internal reviews to evaluate the reasonableness of the depreciable lives for our property, plant and equipment. Our reviews utilize models that take into account actual usage, physical wear and tear, replacement history, assumptions about technology evolution and, in certain instances, actuarially determined probabilities to estimate the remaining useful life of our asset base. Our remaining useful life assessments anticipate the loss in service value of assets that may precede the physical retirement. Assets shared among many customers may lose service value as those customers leave the network. However, the asset is not retired until all customers no longer utilize the asset and we determine there is no alternative use for the asset.
We have asset retirement obligations associated with the legally or contractually required removal of a limited group of property, plant and equipment assets from leased properties and the disposal of certain hazardous materials present in our owned properties. When an asset retirement obligation is identified, usually in association with the acquisition of the asset, we record the fair value of the obligation as a liability. The fair value of the obligation is also capitalized as property, plant and equipment and then amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of the associated asset. Where the removal obligation is not legally binding, the net cost to remove assets is expensed in the period in which the costs are actually incurred.

87


We review long-lived tangible assets for impairment whenever facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable. For assessment purposes, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities, absent a material change in operations. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the asset group is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. Recoverability of the asset group to be held and used is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the asset group's carrying value is not recoverable, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value. We determine fair values by using a combination of comparable market values and discounted cash flows, as appropriate.
Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets
Intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as goodwill, customer relationships, capitalized software, trademarks and trade names, are initially recorded at estimated fair value. We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 10 to 15 years, using either the sum-of-the-years-digits or the straight-line methods, depending on the type of customer. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method over estimated lives ranging up to 7 years, except for approximately $237 million of our capitalized software costs, which represents costs to develop an integrated billing and customer care system which is amortized using the straight-line method over a 20 year period. We amortize our other intangible assets predominantly using the sum-of-the-years-digits method over an estimated life of 4 to 20 years. Other intangible assets not arising from business combinations are initially recorded at cost. Where there are no legal, regulatory, contractual or other factors that would reasonably limit the useful life of an intangible asset, we classify the intangible asset as indefinite-lived and such intangible assets are not amortized.
Internally used software, whether purchased or developed by us, is capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life. We have capitalized certain costs associated with software such as costs of employees devoting time to the projects and external direct costs for materials and services. Costs associated with software to be used for internal purposes are expensed until the point at which the project has reached the development stage. Subsequent additions, modifications or upgrades to internal-use software are capitalized only to the extent that they allow the software to perform a task it previously did not perform. Software maintenance, data conversion and training costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. We review the remaining economic lives of our capitalized software annually. Capitalized software is included in other intangible assets, net, in our consolidated balance sheets.
Our long-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be an impairment. These assets are carried at the estimated fair value at the time of acquisition and assets not acquired in acquisitions are recorded at historical cost. However, if their estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount, other indefinite-lived intangible assets are reduced to their estimated fair value through an impairment charge to our consolidated statements of operations.
We are required to assess goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate an impairment may have occurred. We are required to write-down the value of goodwill in periods in which the recorded amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill. Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete financial statements. Therefore, the equity carrying value and future cash flows must be estimated each time a goodwill impairment assessment is performed on a reporting unit. As a result, our assets, liabilities and cash flows are assigned to reporting units using reasonable and consistent allocation methodologies. Certain estimates, judgments and assumptions are required to perform these assignments. We believe these estimates, judgments and assumptions to be reasonable, but changes in many of these can significantly affect each reporting unit's equity carrying value and future cash flows utilized for our goodwill impairment assessment.
We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units each time we reorganize our internal reporting structure which causes a change in the composition of our reporting units. Goodwill is reassigned to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. We utilize the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of each reporting unit as our allocation methodology as it represents a reasonable proxy for the fair value of the operations being reorganized.
See Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets for additional information.

88


Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits
We recognize the funded status of our defined benefit and post-retirement plans as an asset or a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Each year's actuarial gains or losses are a component of our other comprehensive (loss) income, which is then included in our accumulated other comprehensive loss. Pension and post-retirement benefit expenses are recognized over the period in which the employee renders service and becomes eligible to receive benefits. We make significant assumptions (including the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, mortality and health care trend rates) in computing the pension and post-retirement benefits expense and obligations. See Note 9—Employee Benefits for additional information.
Foreign Currency
Our results of operations include foreign subsidiaries, which are translated from the applicable functional currency to the United States Dollar using the average exchange rates during the reporting period, while assets and liabilities are translated at the reporting date. We include gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement in other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations. Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries designate the local currency as their functional currency, and we record the translation of their assets and liabilities into U.S. Dollars at the balance sheet date as translation adjustments and include them as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheets.
Common Stock
At December 31, 2016, we had 4 million unissued shares of CenturyLink, Inc. common stock reserved for acquisitions, substantially all of which are reserved for issuance in connection with our pending acquisition of Level 3. In addition, we had 21 million shares authorized for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.
Preferred stock
Holders of outstanding CenturyLink, Inc. preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, receive preferential distributions equal to $25 per share plus unpaid dividends upon CenturyLink, Inc.'s liquidation and vote as a single class with the holders of common stock.
Dividends
We pay dividends out of retained earnings to the extent we have retained earnings on the date the dividend is declared. If the dividend is in excess of our retained earnings on the declaration date, then the excess is drawn from our additional paid-in capital.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Income Taxes
On October 24, 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-16, “Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory” ("ASU 2016-16"). ASU 2016-16 eliminates the current prohibition on the recognition of the income tax effects on the transfer of assets among our subsidiaries. After adoption of this ASU, the income tax effects associated with these asset transfers, except for the transfer of inventory, will be recognized in the period the asset is transferred versus the current deferral and recognition upon either the sale of the asset to a third party or over the remaining useful life of the asset. We are currently reviewing the requirements of this ASU and evaluating the impact on our consolidated financial statements.
We are required to adopt the provisions of ASU 2016-16 on January 1, 2018, but have the option to early adopt as of January 1, 2017. We plan to adopt the provision of ASU 2016-16 on January 1, 2018. The impact of adopting ASU 2016-16, if any, will be recognized through a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of adoption.
Financial Instruments
On June 16, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, "Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments" ("ASU 2016-13"). The primary impact of ASU 2016-13 for us is a change in the model for the recognition of credit losses related to our financial instruments from an incurred loss model, which recognized credit losses only if it was probable that a loss had been incurred, to an expected loss model, which requires our management team to estimate the total credit losses expected on the portfolio of financial instruments. We are currently reviewing the requirements of the standard and evaluating the impact on our consolidated financial statements.

89


We are required to adopt the provisions of ASU 2016-13 effective January 1, 2020, but could elect to early adopt the provisions as of January 1, 2019. We expect to recognize any impacts of adopting ASU 2016-13 through a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of adoption. As of the date of this annual report, we have not yet determined the date we will adopt ASU 2016-13.
Share-based Compensation
On March 30, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Improvement to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 modifies the accounting and associated income tax accounting for share-based compensation in order to reduce the cost and complexity associated with current generally accepted accounting principles. ASU 2016-09 became effective as of January 1, 2017. ASU 2016-09 includes different transition requirements for the different changes implemented, including some provisions which allow retrospective application. We will implement this new standard on its effective date.
The primary provisions of ASU 2016-09 that we expect will affect our financial statements are: (1) a reclassification of the tax effect associated with the difference between the expense recognized for share-based payments and the associated tax deduction from additional paid-in capital to income tax expense; (2) a reclassification of the tax effect associated with the difference between compensation expense and associated deduction from financing cash flow to operating cash flow; and (3) a change in our accounting policy to account for forfeitures of share-based payment grants as they occur as opposed to our current policy of estimating the forfeitures on the grant date. The adoption of this accounting policy change will result in an immaterial increase in our retained earnings as of January 1, 2017. Although the provisions would not have had a material impact on our previously-issued financial statements, we cannot provide any assurance regarding their future impacts. Adoption of ASU 2016-09 may increase the volatility of income tax expense and cash flow from operating activities.
Leases
On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (“ASU 2016-02”). The core principle of ASU 2016-02 will require lessees to present right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on their balance sheets for operating leases, which are currently not reflected on their balance sheets.
ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2019. Early adoption of ASU 2016-02 is permitted. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-02, we are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented in our consolidated financial statements using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach includes a number of optional practical expedients that we may elect to apply. We will implement this new standard on its effective date, but we have not yet decided which practical expedient options we will elect.
We are currently evaluating our existing lease accounting systems to determine whether our current systems will support the new accounting requirements or if upgrades or new systems will be required, and we are in the process of developing an implementation plan. We are also currently evaluating and assessing the impact ASU 2016-02 will have on us and our consolidated financial statements. As of the date of this annual report, we cannot provide any estimate of the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02.
Revenue Recognition
On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 replaces virtually all existing generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) on revenue recognition and replaces them with a principles-based approach for determining revenue recognition using a new five step model. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also includes new accounting principles related to the deferral and amortization of contract acquisition and fulfillment costs. We currently do not defer any contract acquisition costs, but we expect we will defer certain contract acquisition costs in the future which could have the impact of lowering our operating expenses. We currently defer contract fulfillment costs only up to the extent of any revenue deferred. Under ASU 2014-09, in certain transactions our deferred contract fulfillment costs could exceed our deferred revenues, which could result in an increase in deferred costs and could also have the impact of lowering our operating expenses.

90


On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved the deferral of the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year until January 1, 2018, which is the date we plan to adopt this standard. ASU 2014-09 may be adopted by applying the provisions of this standard on a retrospective basis to the periods included in the financial statements or on a modified retrospective basis which would result in the recognition of a cumulative effect of adopting ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of 2018. We have completed our initial assessment of our business and systems requirements and we are currently developing and implementing a new revenue recognition system to comply with the requirements of ASU 2014-09. Based on this initial assessment, we currently plan to adopt the new revenue recognition standard under the modified retrospective transition method. Until we are further along in implementing our new revenue recognition system, we do not anticipate being able to provide reasonably accurate estimates of the impact of ASU 2014-09 on the timing of our revenue recognition.
(2)    Pending Acquisition of Level 3
On October 31, 2016, we entered into a definitive merger agreement under which we propose to acquire Level 3 Communications, Inc. ("Level 3") in a cash and stock transaction. Under the terms of the agreement, Level 3 shareholders will receive $26.50 per share in cash and 1.4286 of CenturyLink shares for each share of Level 3 common stock they own at closing. CenturyLink shareholders are expected to own approximately 51% and Level 3 shareholders are expected to own approximately 49% of the combined company at closing. On December 31, 2016, Level 3 had outstanding $10.9 billion of long-term debt.
Completion of the transaction is subject to the receipt of regulatory approvals, including the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act, as well as approvals from the FCC and certain state regulatory authorities. The transaction is also subject to the approval of CenturyLink and Level 3 shareholders at meetings scheduled for March 16, 2017, as well as other customary closing conditions. Subject to these conditions, we anticipate closing this transaction by the end of the third quarter 2017. If the merger is terminated under certain circumstances, we may be obligated to pay Level 3 a termination fee of $472 million, or Level 3 may be obligated to pay CenturyLink a termination fee of $738 million.
(3)    Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers
On November 3, 2016, we entered into a definitive stock purchase agreement to sell our data centers and colocation business to a consortium led by BC Partners, Inc. and Medina Capital in exchange for cash and a minority stake in the consortium's newly-formed global secure infrastructure company. The sale is subject to regulatory approvals, including a review by the Committee of Foreign Investments in the United States, as well as other customary closing conditions.
Based on certain estimates and assumptions regarding the closing date and various tax matters, we currently project that the net cash proceeds from the divestiture will be approximately $1.5 billion to $1.7 billion. We plan to use a portion of these net cash proceeds to partly fund our acquisition of Level 3.
As a result of the pending sale of our colocation business and data centers, we reclassified the following assets and liabilities, which are now reflected as assets held for sale and current liabilities associated with the assets held for sale on our consolidated balance sheet, respectively, as of December 31, 2016:
 
 
 
Dollars in millions
Goodwill
 
 
$
1,141

Property, plant and equipment
 
 
1,071

Other intangible assets
 
 
258

Other assets
 
 
45

Total amount reclassified to assets held for sale(1)
 
 
$
2,515

 
 
 
 
Capital lease obligations
 
 
305

Other liabilities
 
 
114

Total liabilities associated with assets held for sale
 
 
$
419

________________________________________________________________________
(1) A portion of the assets equivalent to our anticipated minority stake, which was based on an estimated fair value, in the consortium's newly-formed global secure infrastructure company is reflected in non-current other assets on our consolidated balance sheet.

91


The colocation business has resided in our business reporting unit. The amount of goodwill allocated to the colocation business being sold was determined using a relative-fair-value approach. The amount of goodwill included in the carrying amount of assets held for sale was based on the relative fair value of the colocation business we agreed to sell and the portion of the business reporting unit to be retained by us. We used the sale price as the fair value of the colocation business and the relative business fair value for the portion of the business reporting unit we will retain. As of November 3, 2016, we performed a quantitative assessment of the goodwill remaining in the business reporting unit after the allocation to the colocation business and concluded the remaining goodwill was not impaired as of that date.
Effective with the date we entered into the agreement to sell the colocation business we ceased recording depreciation of the property, plant and equipment to be sold and amortization of the intangible assets. We estimate that we would have recorded $36 million of depreciation and amortization expense in the two months subsequent to entering into the agreement to sell the colocation business if we had not met the held-for-sale criteria.
We have estimated that after factoring in the costs to sell the colocation business the net carrying value of the assets and liabilities being sold closely approximates the estimated value of the proceeds we will receive upon closing. We further estimate, due to corporate actions we plan to take in the first quarter of 2017 regarding certain subsidiaries involved in the colocation business, that we will trigger tax expense relating to the sale of approximately $100 million to $200 million.
For additional information on our goodwill, see Note 4—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets.
(4)    Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets consisted of the following:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Goodwill
$
19,650

 
20,742

Customer relationships, less accumulated amortization of $6,318 and $5,648
2,797

 
3,928

Indefinite-life intangible assets
269

 
269

Other intangible assets subject to amortization:
 
 
 
Capitalized software, less accumulated amortization of $2,019 and $1,778
1,227

 
1,248

Trade names and patents, less accumulated amortization of $23 and $20
35

 
38

Total other intangible assets, net
$
1,531

 
1,555

Total amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $1.225 billion, $1.353 billion and $1.470 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the gross carrying amount of goodwill, customer relationships, indefinite-life and other intangible assets was $32.338 billion.
We estimate that total amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ending December 31, 2017 through 2021 will be as follows:
 
(Dollars in millions)
2017
$
1,044

2018
925

2019
808

2020
703

2021
268

Our goodwill was derived from numerous acquisitions where the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired.
We assess our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be impairment. We are required to write down the value of goodwill only when our assessment determines the recorded amount of goodwill exceeds the fair value. Our annual impairment assessment date for goodwill is October 31, at which date we assessed our reporting units, which are business (excluding wholesale), consumer and wholesale. Our annual impairment assessment date for indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill is December 31.

92


Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete financial statements. Our assets and liabilities are employed in and relate to the operations of multiple reporting units. For each reporting unit, we compare its estimated fair value of equity to its carrying value of equity that we assign to the reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value, we conclude that no impairment exists. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second calculation is required in which the implied fair value of goodwill is compared to the carrying value of goodwill that we assigned to the reporting unit. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value, goodwill must be written down to its implied fair value.
At October 31, 2016, we utilized a level 3 valuation technique to estimate the fair value of our business (excluding wholesale), consumer and wholesale reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. The market approach method includes the use of comparable multiples of publicly traded companies whose services are comparable to ours. The discounted cash flow method is based on the present value of projected cash flows and a terminal value, which represents the expected normalized cash flows of the reporting units beyond the cash flows from the discrete projection period. We discounted the estimated cash flows for our consumer and wholesale reporting units using a rate that represents their estimated weighted average cost of capital, which we determined to be approximately 6.0% as of the assessment date (which was comprised of an after-tax cost of debt of 2.8% and a cost of equity of 6.2%). We discounted the estimated cash flows of our business (excluding wholesale) reporting unit using a rate that represents its estimated weighted average cost of capital, which we determined to be approximately 7.0% as of the assessment date (which was comprised of an after-tax cost of debt of 2.8% and a cost of equity of 6.8%). We also reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2016 and concluded that the indicated implied control premium of approximately 33.8% was reasonable based on recent transactions in the market place. As of October 31, 2016, based on our assessment performed with respect to these reporting units as described above, we concluded that our goodwill for our three reporting units was not impaired as of that date.
The following table shows the rollforward of goodwill assigned to our reportable segments from December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2016.
 
Business
 
Consumer
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2014(1)
$
10,477

 
10,278

 
20,755

Purchase accounting and other adjustments
(13
)
 

 
(13
)
As of December 31, 2015(1)
10,464

 
10,278

 
20,742

Purchase accounting and other adjustments
49

 

 
49

Goodwill attributable to the colocation business and data centers reclassified to assets held for sale
(1,141
)
 

 
(1,141
)
As of December 31, 2016(1)
$
9,372

 
$
10,278

 
$
19,650

_____________________________________________________________________________
(1) Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment losses of $1.1 billion that related to our former hosting segment now included in our business segment.
During 2016, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of three companies for total consideration of $53 million, including future deferred or contingent cash payments of $14 million, of which $49 million has initially been attributed to goodwill. The valuation for these three acquisitions is preliminary and subject to change during the measurement period, which will end one year from the date of each acquisition. These acquisitions were consummated to expand the product offerings of our business segment and therefore the goodwill has been assigned to that segment. The majority of the goodwill is attributed primarily to expected future increases in business segment revenue from the sale of new products. The majority of the goodwill from these acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
None of the above-described acquisitions materially impacted the consolidated results of operations from the dates of the acquisitions and would not materially impact pro forma results of operations.
For additional information on our segments, see Note 14—Segment Information.
We completed our qualitative assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill as of December 31, 2016 and concluded it is more likely than not that our indefinite-lived intangible assets are not impaired; thus, no impairment charge was recorded in 2016.

93


As of October 31, 2015, based on our assessment performed, we concluded that our goodwill for our then three reporting units was not impaired as of that date. As of October 31, 2014, based on our assessment performed, we concluded that our goodwill for our then four reporting units was not impaired as of that date.
(5)    Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities
Long-term debt, including unamortized discounts and premiums and unamortized debt issuance costs, consisting of borrowings by CenturyLink, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, including Qwest Corporation, Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. and Embarq Corporation and its subsidiaries ("Embarq"), were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
Interest Rates
 
Maturities
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
CenturyLink, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes
5.150% - 7.650%
 
2017 - 2042
 
$
8,975

 
7,975

Credit facility and revolving line of credit(1)
4.500%
 
2019
 
370

 
410

Term loan
2.520%
 
2019
 
336

 
358

Subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Qwest Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes
6.125% - 7.750%
 
2017 - 2056
 
7,259

 
7,229

Term loan
2.520%
 
2025
 
100

 
100

Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior notes
6.500% - 7.750%
 
2018 - 2031
 
981

 
981

Embarq Corporation and subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior note
7.995%
 
2036
 
1,485

 
2,669

First mortgage bonds
7.125% - 8.770%
 
2017 - 2025
 
223

 
232

Other
9.000%
 
2019
 
150

 
150

Capital lease and other obligations
Various
 
Various
 
440

 
425

Unamortized discounts, net
 
 
 
 
(133
)
 
(125
)
Unamortized debt issuance costs
 
 
 
 
(193
)
 
(179
)
Total long-term debt
 
 
 
 
19,993

 
20,225

Less current maturities not associated with assets held for sale
 
 
 
 
(1,503
)
 
(1,503
)
Less capital lease obligations associated with assets held for sale(2)
 
 
 
 
(305
)
 

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities and capital leases obligations associated with assets held for sale
 
 
 
 
$
18,185

 
18,722

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) 
The aggregate amount outstanding on our Credit Facility and revolving line of credit borrowings at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $370 million and $410 million, respectively, with weighted-average interest rates of 4.500% and 2.756%, respectively. These amounts change on a regular basis.

(2) 
If, as anticipated, we sell our colocation business and data centers in the manner discussed in Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers, $305 million of the capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2016 will be assumed by the Purchaser. See Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers for additional information.

94


New Issuances
2016
On August 22, 2016, Qwest Corporation issued $978 million aggregate principal amount of 6.5% Notes due 2056, including $128 million principal amount that was sold pursuant to an over-allotment option, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $946 million. All of the 6.5% Notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by Qwest Corporation, in whole or in part, on or after September 1, 2021, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
On April 6, 2016, CenturyLink, Inc. issued $1 billion aggregate principal amount of 7.5% Notes due 2024, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $988 million. All of the 7.5% Notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by CenturyLink, Inc., in whole or in part, on or after January 1, 2024, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time before January 1, 2024, the Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at CenturyLink, Inc.'s option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed, discounted to the redemption date in the manner described in the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. In addition, at any time on or prior to April 1, 2019, CenturyLink, Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price of 107.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings. Under certain circumstances, CenturyLink, Inc. will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price of 101% of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date.
On January 29, 2016, Qwest Corporation issued $235 million aggregate principal amount of 7% Notes due 2056, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of $227 million. All of the 7% Notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by Qwest Corporation, in whole or in part, on or after February 1, 2021, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
2015
On September 21, 2015, Qwest Corporation issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Notes due 2055, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of approximately $386 million. On September 30, 2015, Qwest Corporation issued an additional $10 million aggregate principal amount of the 6.625% Notes under an over-allotment option granted to the underwriter for this offering. All of the 6.625% Notes are unsecured obligations and may be redeemed by Qwest Corporation, in whole or in part, on or after September 15, 2020, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
On March 19, 2015, CenturyLink, Inc. issued in a private offering $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.625% Notes due 2025, in exchange for net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and other expenses, of approximately $494 million. The Notes are senior unsecured obligations and may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time before January 1, 2025 at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes or the sum of the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes, discounted to the redemption date in the manner described in the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or after January 1, 2025, CenturyLink, Inc. may redeem the Notes at par plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. In addition, at any time on or prior to April 1, 2018, CenturyLink, Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 105.625% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings. Under certain circumstances, CenturyLink, Inc. will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price of 101% of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date. In October 2015, CenturyLink, Inc. exchanged all of the unregistered Notes issued on March 19, 2015 for fully-registered Notes.

95


Repayments
2016
On December 23, 2016, a subsidiary of Embarq Corporation redeemed $5 million of its 8.375% Notes due 2025, which resulted in an immaterial loss.
On September 19, 2016, a subsidiary of Embarq Corporation redeemed all of its 8.77% Notes due 2017, which was less than $4 million and resulted in an immaterial loss.
On September 15, 2016, Qwest Corporation redeemed $287 million of its 7.5% Notes due 2051, which resulted in a loss of $9 million.
On August 29, 2016, Qwest Corporation redeemed all $661 million of its 7.375% Notes due 2051, which resulted in a loss of $18 million.
On June 1, 2016, Embarq Corporation paid at maturity the $1.184 billion principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 7.082% Notes.
On May 2, 2016, Qwest Corporation paid at maturity the $235 million principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest due under its 8.375% Notes.
2015
On October 13, 2015, Qwest Corporation redeemed all $250 million of its 7.2% Notes due 2026, which resulted in an immaterial gain, and redeemed $150 million of its 6.875% Notes due 2033, which resulted in an immaterial loss.
On June 15, 2015, Qwest Corporation paid at maturity the $92 million principal amount of its 7.625% Notes.
On February 17, 2015, CenturyLink, Inc. paid at maturity the $350 million principal and accrued and unpaid interest due under its Series M 5.00% Notes.
Credit Facility
Our $2 billion revolving credit facility (as amended, the "Credit Facility") matures on December 3, 2019 and has 16 lenders, each with commitments ranging from $3.5 million to $198.5 million. The Credit Facility allows us to obtain revolving loans and to issue up to $400 million of letters of credit, which upon issuance reduce the amount available for other extensions of credit. Interest is assessed on borrowings using either the LIBOR or the base rate (each as defined in the Credit Facility) plus an applicable margin between 1.00% and 2.25% per annum for LIBOR loans and 0.00% and 1.25% per annum for base rate loans depending on our then current senior unsecured long-term debt rating. Our obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by nine of our subsidiaries.
Term Loans, Revolving Line of Credit and Revolving Letter of Credit
The CenturyLink, Inc. term loan matures on April 18, 2019. In 2015, CenturyLink amended its term loan agreement to reduce the interest rate payable by it thereunder and to modify some covenants to provide additional flexibility.
In 2015, Qwest Corporation entered into a term loan in the amount of $100 million with CoBank, ACB. The outstanding unpaid principal amount of this term loan plus any accrued and unpaid interest is due on February 20, 2025. Interest is paid monthly based upon either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the base rate (as defined in the credit agreement) plus an applicable margin between 1.50% to 2.50% per annum for LIBOR loans and 0.50% to 1.50% per annum for base rate loans depending on Qwest Corporation's then current senior unsecured long-term debt rating. At both December 31, 2016 and 2015, the outstanding principal balance on this term loan was $100 million.
In 2016, our $85 million uncommitted revolving line of credit with one of the lenders under the Credit Facility was suspended as a result of this lender's additional borrowing commitment towards the pending acquisition of Level 3. Interest is paid monthly based upon the LIBOR plus an applicable margin between 1.00% and 2.25% per annum. At December 31, 2016, CenturyLink, Inc. had no borrowings outstanding under this uncommitted revolving line of credit and at December 31, 2015, CenturyLink, Inc. had $80 million borrowings outstanding under this uncommitted revolving line of credit.
In April 2011, we entered into a $160 million uncommitted revolving letter of credit facility which enables us to provide letters of credit under terms that may be more favorable than those under the Credit Facility. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, our outstanding letters of credit totaled $105 million and $109 million, respectively, under this facility.

96


Aggregate Maturities of Long-Term Debt
Set forth below is the aggregate principal amount of our long-term debt (excluding unamortized discounts, net and unamortized debt issuance costs) maturing during the following years:
 
(Dollars in millions)(1)
2017
$
1,544

2018
280

2019
1,131

2020
1,032

2021
2,329

2022 and thereafter
14,003

Total long-term debt
$
20,319

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Actual principal paid in any year may differ due to the possible future refinancing of outstanding debt or the issuance of new debt. The projected amounts in the table also exclude any impacts from the sale of our colocation business or any further acquisitions.
Interest Expense
Interest expense includes interest on total long-term debt. The following table presents the amount of gross interest expense, net of capitalized interest:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Gross interest expense
$
1,372

 
1,364

 
1,358

Capitalized interest
(54
)
 
(52
)
 
(47
)
Total interest expense
$
1,318

 
1,312

 
1,311

Covenants
Certain of our loan agreements contain various restrictions, as described more fully below. Under current circumstances, we believe the covenants currently in effect place no significant restriction on the transfer of funds from our consolidated subsidiaries to CenturyLink.
The senior notes of CenturyLink, Inc. were issued under an indenture dated March 31, 1994. This indenture restricts our ability to (i) incur, issue or create liens upon the property of CenturyLink, Inc. and (ii) consolidate with or merge into, or transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to any other party. The indenture does not contain any provisions that are impacted by our credit ratings or that restrict the issuance of new securities in the event of a material adverse change to us. However, if the credit ratings relating to certain of our long-term debt securities issued under this indenture are downgraded in the manner specified thereunder in connection with a "change of control" of CenturyLink, Inc., then we will be required to offer to repurchase such debt securities.
The senior notes of Qwest Corporation were issued under indentures dated April 15, 1990 and October 15, 1999. These indentures contain restrictions on the incurrence of liens and the consummation of certain transactions substantially similar to the above-described covenants in CenturyLink, Inc.'s March 31, 1994 indenture. The senior notes of Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. were issued under an indenture dated June 29, 1998 containing terms substantially similar to those set forth in Qwest Corporation's indentures.
Embarq's senior note was issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 17, 2006. While Embarq is generally prohibited from creating liens on its property unless its senior notes are secured equally and ratably, Embarq can create liens on its property without equally and ratably securing its senior notes so long as the sum of all indebtedness so secured does not exceed 15% of Embarq's consolidated net tangible assets. The indenture contains customary events of default, none of which are impacted by Embarq's credit rating.

97


None of the above-listed indentures of CenturyLink, Inc., Qwest Corporation, Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. and Embarq contain any financial covenants or restrictions on the ability to issue new securities in accordance with the terms of the indenture.
Several of our Embarq subsidiaries have outstanding first mortgage bonds. Each issue of these first mortgage bonds is secured by substantially all of the property, plant and equipment of the issuing subsidiary. Approximately 10% of our net property, plant and equipment is pledged to secure the long-term debt of subsidiaries.
Under the Credit Facility, we, and our indirect subsidiary, Qwest Corporation, must maintain a debt to EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as defined in our Credit Facility) ratio of not more than 4.0:1.0 and 2.85:1.0, respectively, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the four quarters then ended. The Credit Facility also contains a negative pledge covenant, which generally requires us to secure equally and ratably any advances under the Credit Facility if we pledge assets or permit liens on our property for the benefit of other debtholders. The Credit Facility also has a cross payment default provision, and the Credit Facility and certain of our debt securities also have cross acceleration provisions. When present, these provisions could have a wider impact on liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument. Our debt to EBITDA ratios could be adversely affected by a wide variety of events, including unforeseen expenses or contingencies. This could reduce our financing flexibility due to potential restrictions on incurring additional debt under certain provisions of our debt agreements or, in certain circumstances, could result in a default under certain provisions of such agreements.
CenturyLink, Inc. and Qwest Corporation are both indebted under term loans, each of which includes covenants substantially similar to those set forth in the Credit Facility.
At December 31, 2016, we believe we were in compliance with all of the provisions and covenants contained in our Credit Facility and other material debt agreements.
Guarantees
We do not guarantee the debt of any unaffiliated parties, but certain of our subsidiaries guarantee the outstanding senior notes issued by other subsidiaries. In addition, nine of our largest wholly owned subsidiaries guarantee the obligations of CenturyLink, Inc. under the Credit Facility and its term loan.
Level 3 Financing Commitment Letter
In connection with entering into our merger agreement with Level 3 (discussed further in Note 2), on October 31, 2016, we obtained a debt commitment letter, which was amended and restated on November 13, 2016, and further amended on November 15, 2016 (the “Debt Commitment Letter”), from Bank of America, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Barclays Bank PLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Royal Bank of Canada, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, SunTrust Bank, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., Regions Bank, Fifth Third Bank, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, and U.S. Bank, National Association (collectively the “Commitment Parties”), pursuant to which the Commitment Parties or certain of their affiliates agreed to provide a $2.0 billion senior secured revolving credit facility, a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan “A” credit facility, a $4.5 billion senior secured term loan “B” credit facility and a $2.225 billion senior secured bridge loan facility (collectively, the “Commitment Facilities”), together with certain backstop commitments designed to provide additional acquisition-related financing in certain limited instances. The secured bridge loan facility will only be drawn to the extent we are unable to raise such amounts by issuing senior secured notes or other debt securities at or prior to the closing of the Level 3 acquisition. The senior secured revolving credit facility is designed to replace the Credit Facility. Bank of America, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., affiliates of BofA Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley, will be entitled to receive financing fees in connection with the debt commitment letter, the amount of which will vary based on, among other things, when the debt financing is incurred, whether the previously-announced divestiture of our data centers and colocation business closes prior to the Level 3 acquisition and whether the bridge loan facility is drawn. The financing fees to be payable to Bank of America, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. are expected to be quite substantial.
Each Commitment Party’s commitments to provide the Commitment Facilities and each Commitment Party’s agreements to perform the services described in the Commitment Letter will automatically terminate on the earliest of (i) the date of termination of our merger agreement with Level 3 in accordance with its terms, (ii) the closing of the Level 3 acquisition with or without the use of such Commitment Facilities and (iii) 11:59 p.m. on October 31, 2017 (or, if the “Termination Date” as defined in the merger agreement is extended in certain circumstances, the date to which it is extended that is not later than 11:59 p.m. on January 31, 2018).

98


The definitive documentation governing the Level 3 debt financing has not been finalized and, accordingly, the actual terms of the debt financing may differ from those described above. Although the debt financing described above is not subject to due diligence or a “market out,” such financing may not be considered assured. The obligation of the Commitment Parties to provide debt financing under the debt commitment letter is subject to a number of conditions, and it is anticipated that the definitive debt financing documentation will also include certain funding conditions. There is a risk that these conditions will not be satisfied and the debt financing may not be available when required. In addition, we have the right to substitute the proceeds of other debt financing, or commitments for other debt financing, for all or any portion of the Commitment Facilities. As of the date of this annual report, no such other debt financing has been arranged.
(6)    Accounts Receivable
The following table presents details of our accounts receivable balances:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Trade and purchased receivables
$
1,882

 
1,789

Earned and unbilled receivables
299

 
288

Other
14

 
18

Total accounts receivable
2,195

 
2,095

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
(178
)
 
(152
)
Accounts receivable, less allowance
$
2,017

 
1,943

We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk from residential and business customers within our local service area, business customers outside of our local service area and from other telecommunications service providers. We generally do not require collateral to secure our receivable balances. We have agreements with other telecommunications service providers whereby we agree to bill and collect on their behalf for services rendered by those providers to our customers within our local service area. We purchase accounts receivable from other telecommunications service providers primarily on a recourse basis and include these amounts in our accounts receivable balance. We have not experienced any significant loss associated with these purchased receivables.
The following table presents details of our allowance for doubtful accounts:
 
Beginning
Balance
 
Additions
 
Deductions
 
Ending
Balance
 
(Dollars in millions)
2016
$
152

 
192

 
(166
)
 
178

2015
$
162

 
177

 
(187
)
 
152

2014
$
155

 
159

 
(152
)
 
162


99


(7)    Property, Plant and Equipment
Net property, plant and equipment is composed of the following:
 
Depreciable
Lives
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Land
N/A
 
$
563

 
571

Fiber, conduit and other outside plant(1)
15-45 years
 
16,996

 
16,166

Central office and other network electronics(2)
3-10 years
 
13,768

 
14,144

Support assets(3)
3-30 years
 
6,623

 
7,000

Construction in progress(4)
N/A
 
1,244

 
904

Gross property, plant and equipment
 
 
39,194

 
38,785

Accumulated depreciation
 
 
(22,155
)
 
(20,716
)
Net property, plant and equipment
 
 
$
17,039

 
18,069

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant consists of fiber and metallic cable, conduit, poles and other supporting structures.
(2) 
Central office and other network electronics consists of circuit and packet switches, routers, transmission electronics and electronics providing service to customers.
(3) 
Support assets consist of buildings, data centers, computers and other administrative and support equipment.
(4) 
Construction in progress includes inventory held for construction and property of the aforementioned categories that has not been placed in service as it is still under construction.
See Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers for additional information on our colocation assets and data centers reclassified to assets held for sale.
We recorded depreciation expense of $2.691 billion, $2.836 billion and $2.958 billion for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
In 2014, we recorded an impairment charge of $17 million in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction involving an office building that we closed in the fourth quarter of 2014. This impairment charge is included in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Additionally, in 2014 we sold an office building for $12 million.
Asset Retirement Obligations
At December 31, 2016, our asset retirement obligations balance was primarily related to estimated future costs of removing equipment from leased properties and estimated future costs of properly disposing of asbestos and other hazardous materials upon remodeling or demolishing buildings. Asset retirement obligations are included in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
The following table provides asset retirement obligation activity:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of year
$
91

 
107

 
106

Accretion expense
6

 
7

 
7

Liabilities incurred

 

 
6

Liabilities settled
(2
)
 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Change in estimate

 
(21
)
 
(10
)
Balance at end of year
$
95

 
91

 
107

If, as anticipated, we sell our colocation business and data centers in the manner discussed in Note 3, $19 million of the asset retirement obligation as of December 31, 2016 will be assumed by the Purchaser.

100


Our estimates for the cost of removal of network equipment, asbestos remediation and other obligations remained unchanged for the year ended December 31, 2016. During 2015 and 2014, we revised our estimates for the cost of removal of network equipment, asbestos remediation, and other obligations by $21 million and $10 million, respectively. These revisions resulted in a reduction of the asset retirement obligation and offsetting reduction to gross property, plant and equipment, and revisions to assets specifically identified are recorded as a reduction to accretion expense.
(8)    Severance and Leased Real Estate
Periodically, we reduce our workforce and accrue liabilities for the related severance costs. These workforce reductions resulted primarily from the progression or completion of our post-acquisition integration plans, increased competitive pressures, cost reduction initiatives, process improvements through automation and reduced workload demands due to the loss of customers purchasing certain services.
We report severance liabilities within accrued expenses and other liabilities - salaries and benefits in our consolidated balance sheets and report severance expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. As noted in Note 14—Segment Information, we do not allocate these severance expenses to our segments.
We have recognized liabilities to reflect our estimates of the fair values of the existing lease obligations for real estate which we have ceased using, net of estimated sublease rentals. Our fair value estimates were determined using discounted cash flow methods. We recognize expense to reflect accretion of the discounted liabilities and periodically we adjust the expense when our actual subleasing experience differs from our initial estimates. We report the current portion of liabilities for ceased-use real estate leases in accrued expenses and other liabilities-other and report the noncurrent portion in deferred credits and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. We report the related expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2016, the current and noncurrent portions of our leased real estate accrual were $8 million and $59 million, respectively. The remaining lease terms range from 1.2 years to 9.0 years, with a weighted average of 7.8 years.
Changes in our accrued liabilities for severance expenses and leased real estate were as follows:
 
Severance
 
Real Estate
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
26

 
96

Accrued to expense
96

 

Payments, net
(108
)
 
(13
)
Reversals and adjustments

 
(3
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
14

 
80

Accrued to expense
173

 
4

Payments, net
(89
)
 
(20
)
Reversals and adjustments

 
3

Balance at December 31, 2016
$
98

 
67

(9)    Employee Benefits
Pension, Post-Retirement and Other Post-Employment Benefits
We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans (qualified and non-qualified), which in the aggregate cover a substantial portion of our employees including legacy CenturyLink, legacy Qwest Communications International, Inc. ("Qwest") and legacy Embarq employees. On December 31, 2014, we merged our existing qualified pension plans, which included merging the Qwest Pension Plan and Embarq Retirement Pension Plan into the CenturyLink Retirement Plan. The CenturyLink Retirement Plan was renamed the CenturyLink Combined Pension Plan ("Combined Plan"). Pension benefits for participants of the new Combined Plan who are represented by a collective bargaining agreement are based on negotiated schedules. All other participants' pension benefits are based on each individual participant's years of service and compensation. We also maintain non-qualified pension plans for certain current and former highly compensated employees. We maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retirees. We also provide other post-employment benefits for certain eligible former employees. We use a December 31 measurement date for all our plans.

101


Pension Benefits
Current funding laws require a company with a pension shortfall to fund the annual cost of benefits earned in addition to a seven-year amortization of the shortfall. Our funding policy for our Combined Plan is to make contributions with the objective of accumulating sufficient assets to pay all qualified pension benefits when due under the terms of the plan. The accounting unfunded status of our qualified pension plan was $2.352 billion and $2.215 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
We made a voluntary cash contribution of $100 million in both 2016 and 2015 to our qualified pension plan and paid $7 million and $6 million of benefits directly to participants of our non-qualified pension plans in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Based on current laws and circumstances, we are not required to make any contributions to our qualified pension plan in 2017, but we estimate that we will pay $6 million of benefits directly to participants of our non-qualified pension plans. We currently expect to make a voluntary contribution of $100 million to the trust for our qualified pension plan in 2017.
Our pension plans contain provisions that allow us, from time to time, to offer lump sum payment options to certain former employees in settlement of their future retirement benefits. Additionally, eligible employees who terminate employment may elect to receive a lump sum payout. We record these payments as a settlement only if, in the aggregate, they exceed the sum of the annual service and interest costs for the plan's net periodic pension benefit costs, which represents the settlement threshold. There were no pension lump sum offerings in 2016, other than those to eligible employees who terminated during 2016. In 2015, we made cash settlement payments of $356 million through a lump sum offering to a group of former employees. The total amount of the lump sum settlement payments for the year ended December 31, 2015, which included the lump sum offer and lump sum elections from employees who terminated employment during the year, was less than the settlement threshold, therefore settlement accounting was not triggered in 2015. In 2014, lump sum pension settlement payments to terminated, but not-yet-retired legacy Qwest participants was $460 million, which exceeded the settlement threshold of $418 million. As a result, we were required to recognize a settlement charge of $63 million in 2014 to accelerate the recognition of a portion of the previously unrecognized actuarial losses in the qualified pension plan, which has been allocated and reflected in cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) and selling, general and administrative in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014. This charge reduced our recorded net income and retained earnings, with an offset to accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity. The amount of any future non-cash settlement charges will depend on the level of lump sum benefit payments made in 2017 and beyond.
Post-Retirement Benefits
Our post-retirement benefit plans provide post-retirement benefits to qualified retirees and allow (i) eligible employees retiring before certain dates to receive benefits at no or reduced cost and (ii) eligible employees retiring after certain dates to receive benefits on a shared cost basis. The post-retirement benefits not paid by the trust are funded by us and we expect to continue funding these post-retirement obligations as benefits are paid. The accounting unfunded status of our qualified post-retirement benefit plan was $3.360 billion and $3.374 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Assets in the post-retirement trusts have been substantially depleted as of December 31, 2016; however we will continue to pay certain post-retirement benefits through the trusts. No contributions were made to the post-retirement trusts in 2016, and we do not expect to make a contribution in 2017. In 2016, we paid $129 million of post-retirement benefits, net of participant contributions and direct subsidies. In 2017, we expect to pay $275 million of post-retirement benefits, net of participant contributions and direct subsidies. The increase in anticipated post-retirement benefit payments is the result of substantially depleting the plan assets held in the trust.
We expect our health care cost trend rate to range from 5.0% to 5.5% in 2017 to 5.0% to 6.0% in 2018 and 2019 and grading to 4.50% by 2025. Our post-retirement benefit expense, for certain eligible legacy Qwest retirees and certain eligible legacy CenturyLink retirees, is capped at a set dollar amount. Therefore, those health care benefit obligations are not subject to increasing health care trends after the effective date of the caps.

102


A change of 100 basis points in the assumed initial health care cost trend rate would have had the following effects in 2016:
 
100 Basis
Points Change
 
Increase
 
(Decrease)
 
(Dollars in millions)
Effect on the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic post-retirement benefit expense (consolidated statement of operations)
$
2

 
(2
)
Effect on benefit obligation (consolidated balance sheet)
66

 
(61
)
Expected Cash Flows
The qualified pension, non-qualified pension and post-retirement health care benefit payments and premiums and life insurance premium payments are paid by us or distributed from plan assets. The estimated benefit payments provided below are based on actuarial assumptions using the demographics of the employee and retiree populations and have been reduced by estimated participant contributions.
 
Pension Plans
 
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 
Medicare Part D
Subsidy Receipts
 
(Dollars in millions)
Estimated future benefit payments:
 
 
 
 
 
2017
$
1,277

 
295

 
(6
)
2018
987

 
284

 
(6
)
2019
968

 
275

 
(6
)
2020
948

 
267

 
(6
)
2021
928

 
259

 
(6
)
2022 - 2026
4,280

 
1,160

 
(26
)
Net Periodic Benefit Expense
In 2016, we changed the method we use to estimate the service and interest components of net periodic benefit expense for pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. This change resulted in a decrease in the service and interest components in 2016. Beginning in 2016, we utilized a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating these components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows, as opposed to the single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve that we have used in the past. We believe this change more precisely measures service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates. This change did not affect the measurement of our total benefit obligations but lowered our annual net periodic benefit cost by approximately $149 million in 2016. This change was treated as a change in accounting estimate and accordingly, we did not adjust the amounts recorded in 2015 or 2014.
The actuarial assumptions used to compute the net periodic benefit expense for our qualified pension, non-qualified pension and post-retirement benefit plans are based upon information available as of the beginning of the year, as presented in the following table.
 
Pension Plans
 
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Actuarial assumptions at beginning of year:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
3.50% - 4.50%

 
3.50% - 4.10%

 
4.20% - 5.10%

 
4.15
%
 
3.80
%
 
4.50
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.25
%
 
3.25
%
 
3.25
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
7.00
%
 
7.50
%
 
7.50
%
 
7.00
%
 
7.50
%
 
6.00% - 7.50%

Initial health care cost trend rate
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
5.00% / 5.25%

 
6.00% / 6.50%

 
6.00% / 6.50%

Ultimate health care cost trend rate
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
4.50
%
 
4.50
%
 
4.50
%
Year ultimate trend rate is reached
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
2025

 
2025

 
2024

_______________________________________________________________________________
N/A-Not applicable

103


Net periodic benefit (income) expense for our qualified and non-qualified pension plans includes the following components:
 
Pension Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Service cost
$
64

 
83

 
77

Interest cost
427

 
568

 
602

Expected return on plan assets
(732
)
 
(898
)
 
(891
)
Settlements

 

 
63

Special termination benefits charge
13

 

 

Recognition of prior service (credit) cost
(8
)
 
5

 
5

Recognition of actuarial loss
175

 
161

 
22

Net periodic pension benefit income
$
(61
)
 
(81
)
 
(122
)
Net periodic benefit expense (income) for our post-retirement benefit plans includes the following components:
 
Post-Retirement Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Service cost
$
19

 
24

 
22

Interest cost
111

 
140

 
159

Expected return on plan assets
(7
)
 
(21
)
 
(33
)
Special termination benefits charge
3

 

 

Recognition of prior service cost
20

 
19

 
20

Net periodic post-retirement benefit expense
$
146

 
162

 
168

We report net periodic benefit (income) expense for our qualified pension, non-qualified pension and post-retirement benefit plans in cost of services and products and selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. In the third quarter of 2016, we announced plans to reduce our workforce, initially through voluntary severance packages and the balance through involuntary reductions. We recognized in the fourth quarter of 2016, a one-time charge of $16 million for special termination benefit enhancements paid to certain eligible employees upon voluntary retirement.
Benefit Obligations
The actuarial assumptions used to compute the funded status for the plans are based upon information available as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and are as follows:
 
Pension Plans
 
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Actuarial assumptions at end of year:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
3.50% - 4.10%

 
3.50% - 4.50%

 
3.90
%
 
4.15
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.25
%
 
3.25
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

Initial health care cost trend rate
N/A

 
N/A

 
5.00% / 5.50%

 
5.00% / 5.25%

Ultimate health care cost trend rate
N/A

 
N/A

 
4.50
%
 
4.50
%
Year ultimate trend rate is reached
N/A

 
N/A

 
2025

 
2025

_______________________________________________________________________________
N/A-Not applicable

104


In 2016, we adopted the revised mortality table and projection scale released by the Society of Actuaries ("SOA"), which decreased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $268 million. The 2015 revised mortality table and projection scale decreased the 2015 projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $379 million. In 2014, to better reflect the expected lifetimes of our plan participants, we adopted a new mortality table for our defined benefit plan. The table used was based on SOA tables and increased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by approximately $1.3 billion. The change in the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans was recognized as part of the net actuarial loss and is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a portion of which is subject to amortization over the remaining estimated life of plan participants, which was approximately 9 to 10 years as of December 31, 2016.
The following tables summarize the change in the benefit obligations for the pension and post-retirement benefit plans:
 
Pension Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Change in benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
13,349

 
15,042

 
13,401

Service cost
64

 
83

 
77

Interest cost
427

 
568

 
602

Plan amendments
2

 
(100
)
 
4

Special termination benefits charge
13

 

 

Actuarial loss (gain)
487

 
(800
)
 
2,269

Settlements

 

 
(460
)
Benefits paid by company
(7
)
 
(6
)
 
(6
)
Benefits paid from plan assets
(1,034
)
 
(1,438
)
 
(845
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
13,301

 
13,349

 
15,042

 
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Change in benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
3,567

 
3,830

 
3,688

Service cost
19

 
24

 
22

Interest cost
111

 
140

 
159

Participant contributions
57

 
57

 
69

Plan amendments

 

 
23

Direct subsidy receipts
5

 
8

 
9

Special termination benefits charge
3

 

 

Actuarial (gain) loss
(13
)
 
(148
)
 
245

Benefits paid by company
(191
)
 
(181
)
 
(166
)
Benefits paid from plan assets
(145
)
 
(163
)
 
(219
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
3,413

 
3,567

 
3,830

Our aggregate benefit obligation as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $16.714 billion, $16.916 billion and $18.872 billion, respectively.

105


Plan Assets
We maintain plan assets for our qualified pension plan and certain post-retirement benefit plans. The qualified pension plan's assets are used for the payment of pension benefits and certain eligible plan expenses. The post-retirement benefit plan's assets are used to pay health care benefits and premiums on behalf of eligible retirees and to pay certain eligible plan expenses. As discussed further above, the liquid plan assets in our post-retirement trust have been substantially depleted as of December 31, 2016. The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return we expect to earn on the plans' assets, net of administrative expenses paid from plan assets. The rate of return is determined by the strategic allocation of plan assets and the long-term risk and return forecast for each asset class. The forecasts for each asset class are generated primarily from an analysis of the long-term expectations of various third party investment management organizations. The expected rate of return on plan assets is reviewed annually and revised, as necessary, to reflect changes in the financial markets and our investment strategy.
The following tables summarize the change in the fair value of plan assets for the pension and post-retirement benefit plans:
 
Pension Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Change in plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
11,072

 
12,571

 
12,346

Return on plan assets
754

 
(161
)
 
1,373

Employer contributions
100

 
100

 
157

Settlements

 

 
(460
)
Benefits paid from plan assets
(1,034
)
 
(1,438
)
 
(845
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$
10,892

 
11,072

 
12,571

 
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Change in plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
193

 
353

 
535

Return on plan assets
5

 
3

 
37

Benefits paid from plan assets
(145
)
 
(163
)
 
(219
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$
53

 
193

 
353

Pension Plans: Our investment objective for the qualified pension plan assets is to achieve an attractive risk-adjusted return over time that will provide for the payment of benefits and minimize the risk of large losses. Our pension plan investment strategy is designed to meet this objective by broadly diversifying plan assets across numerous strategies with differing expected returns, volatilities and correlations. The pension plan assets have target allocations of 45% to interest rate sensitive investments and 55% to investments designed to provide higher expected returns than the interest rate sensitive investments. Interest rate sensitive investments include 30% of plan assets targeted primarily to long-duration investment grade bonds, 10% targeted to high yield and emerging market bonds and 5% targeted to diversified strategies, which primarily have exposures to global bonds, as well as some exposures to global stocks and commodities. Assets expected to provide higher returns than the interest rate sensitive assets include broadly diversified equity investments with targets of approximately 15% to U.S. equity markets and 15% to non-U.S. developed and emerging markets. Approximately 7% is targeted to broadly diversified multi-asset class strategies that have the flexibility to adjust exposures to different asset classes. Approximately 10% is allocated to private markets investments including funds primarily invested in private equity, private debt and hedge funds. Real estate investments are targeted at 8% of plan assets. At the beginning of 2017, our expected annual long-term rate of return on pension assets before consideration of administrative expenses is assumed to be 7.0%. However, projected increases in PBGC (Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) premium rates have now become large enough to reduce the annual long-term expected return net of administrative expenses to 6.5%.
Our non-qualified pension plans are not funded. We pay benefits directly to the participants of these plans.

106


Post-Retirement Benefit Plans: Our investment objective for the post-retirement benefit plans' assets is to achieve an attractive risk-adjusted return and minimize the risk of large losses over the expected life of the assets. At the beginning of 2017, our expected annual long-term rate of return on post-retirement benefit plan assets is assumed to be 5.0%.
Permitted investments: Plan assets are managed consistent with the restrictions set forth by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, which requires diversification of assets and also generally prohibits defined benefit and welfare plans from investing more than 10% of their assets in securities issued by the sponsor company. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the pension and post-retirement benefit plans did not directly own any shares of our common stock and less than 1% of the assets were held in CenturyLink debt.
Derivative instruments: Derivative instruments are used to reduce risk as well as provide return. The pension and post-retirement benefit plans use exchange traded futures and swaps to gain exposure to equity and interest rate markets consistent with target asset allocations and to reduce risk relative to measurement of the benefit obligation, which is sensitive to interest rate changes. Foreign exchange forward contracts are used to manage currency exposures. Credit default swaps are used to manage credit risk exposures in a cost effective and targeted manner relative to transacting with physical corporate fixed income securities. Options are currently used to manage interest rate exposure taking into account the implied volatility and current pricing of the specific underlying market instrument. Some derivative instruments subject the plans to counterparty risk. The external investment managers, along with Plan Management, monitor counterparty exposure and mitigate this risk by diversifying the exposure among multiple high credit quality counterparties, requiring collateral and limiting exposure by periodically settling contracts.
The gross notional exposure of the derivative instruments directly held by the pension benefit plan is shown below. The notional amount of the derivatives corresponds to market exposure but does not represent an actual cash investment. Our post-retirement plans were not invested in derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.
 
Gross Notional Exposure
 
Pension Plans
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
Exchange-traded U.S. equity futures
$
104

 
79

Exchange-traded Treasury and other interest rate futures
1,813

 
1,767

Interest rate swaps
260

 
550

Credit default swaps
240

 
189

Foreign exchange forwards
778

 
992

Options
206

 
285

Fair Value Measurements: Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between independent and knowledgeable parties who are willing and able to transact for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value and then we rank the estimated values based on the reliability of the inputs used following the fair value hierarchy set forth by the FASB. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy, see Note 12—Fair Value Disclosure.
At December 31, 2016, we used the following valuation techniques to measure fair value for assets. There were no changes to these methodologies during 2016:
Level 1—Assets were valued using the closing price reported in the active market in which the individual security was traded.
Level 2—Assets were valued using quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker dealer quotations, net asset value of shares held by the plans and other methods by which all significant inputs were observable at the measurement date.
Level 3—Assets were valued using unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists as reported by the respective institutions at the measurement date.

107


The tables below present the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2016. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivables, pending trades and accrued expenses.
 
Fair Value of Pension Plan Assets at December 31, 2016
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Investment grade bonds (a)
$
420

 
1,404

 

 
$
1,824

High yield bonds (b)
7

 
597

 
11

 
615

Emerging market bonds (c)
212

 
212

 

 
424

Convertible bonds (d)
2

 

 

 
2

U.S. stocks (f)
1,144

 
1

 

 
1,145

Non-U.S. stocks (g)
721

 
1

 

 
722

Multi-asset strategies (m)
389

 

 

 
389

Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)

 
207

 

 
207

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV
$
2,895

 
2,422

 
11

 
5,328

Investments valued at NAV
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,564

Total pension plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
10,892

 
Fair Value of Post-Retirement Plan Assets
at December 31, 2016
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Investment grade bonds (a)
$
1

 
2

 

 
$
3

High yield bonds (b)

 
1

 

 
1

U.S. stocks (f)
2

 

 

 
2

Non-U.S. stocks (g)
1

 

 

 
1

Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)

 
5

 

 
5

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV
$
4

 
8

 

 
12

Investments valued at NAV
 
 
 
 
 
 
41

Total post-retirement plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
53


108


The tables below present the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2015. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivable, pending trades and accrued expenses.
 
Fair Value of Pension Plan Assets at December 31, 2015
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Investment grade bonds (a)
$
841

 
1,045

 

 
$
1,886

High yield bonds (b)

 
544

 
13

 
557

Emerging market bonds (c)
208

 
232

 
1

 
441

Convertible bonds (d)

 
2

 

 
2

U.S. stocks (f)
1,201

 

 

 
1,201

Non-U.S. stocks (g)
1,127

 
1

 

 
1,128

Multi-asset strategies (m)
376

 

 

 
376

Derivatives (n)
2

 
(6
)
 

 
(4
)
Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)

 
192

 

 
192

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV
$
3,755

 
2,010

 
14

 
5,779

Investments valued at NAV
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,293

Total pension plan assets
 

 
 

 
 

 
$
11,072

 
Fair Value of Post-Retirement Plan Assets
at December 31, 2015
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Investment grade bonds (a)
$
2

 
1

 

 
$
3

High yield bonds (b)

 
1

 

 
1

U.S. stocks (f)
16

 

 

 
16

Non-U.S. stocks (g)
12

 

 

 
12

Emerging market stocks (h)
4

 

 

 
4

Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)

 
4

 

 
4

Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV
$
34

 
6

 

 
40

Investments valued at NAV
 
 
 
 
 
 
153

Total post-retirement plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
193

In 2015, we adopted Accounting Standards Update 2015-07 (“ASU 2015-07”), which retrospectively changed the disclosure requirements for certain investments that are valued based upon net asset value (“NAV”) as a practical expedient. ASU 2015-07 was issued to eliminate diversity among entities on what level in the fair value hierarchy such investments were assigned. Under ASU 2015-07, investments valued using NAV as a practical expedient are no longer assigned to a level in the fair value hierarchy. The value associated with these investments is disclosed in the reconciliation of the total investments measured at fair value shown below.

109


The table below presents the fair value of plan assets valued at NAV by category for our pension and post-retirement plans at December 31, 2016 and 2015.
 
Fair Value of Plan Assets Valued at NAV
 
Pension Plans at
December 31,
 
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans at
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Investment grade bonds (a)
$
106

 
115

 

 
35

High yield bonds (b)
521

 
512

 
1

 
1

Emerging market bonds (c)
6

 
9

 

 

Diversified strategies (e)
522

 
516

 
1

 
54

U.S. stocks (f)
58

 
70

 

 

Non-U.S. stocks (g)
560

 
289

 
1

 

Emerging market stocks (h)
76

 
64

 

 

Private equity (i)
506

 
526

 
14

 
21

Private debt (j)
369

 
371

 
1

 
2

Market neutral hedge funds (k)
739

 
825

 
1

 
17

Directional hedge funds (k)
657

 
594

 
1

 
1

Real estate (l)
926

 
968

 
8

 
20

Multi-asset strategies (m)
412

 
386

 

 

Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)
106

 
48

 
13

 
2

Total investments valued at NAV
$
5,564

 
5,293

 
41

 
153

The plans' assets are invested in various asset categories utilizing multiple strategies and investment managers. Interests in commingled funds are valued using the net asset value ("NAV") per unit of each fund. The NAV reported by the fund manager is based on the market value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding. Commingled funds can be redeemed at NAV, generally within a year of the financial statement date. Investments in private funds, primarily limited partnerships, represent long-term commitments with a fixed maturity date and are also valued at NAV. Valuation inputs for these private fund interests are generally based on assumptions and other information not observable in the market. The assumptions and valuation methodologies of the pricing vendors, account managers, fund managers and partnerships are monitored and evaluated for reasonableness. Below is an overview of the asset categories, the underlying strategies and valuation inputs used to value the assets in the preceding tables:
(a) Investment grade bonds represent investments in fixed income securities as well as commingled bond funds comprised of U.S. Treasury securities, agencies, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Treasury securities are valued at the bid price reported in the active market in which the security is traded and are classified as Level 1. The valuation inputs of other investment grade bonds primarily utilize observable market information and are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury securities and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. The primary observable inputs include references to the new issue market for similar securities, the secondary trading markets and dealer quotes. Option adjusted spread models are utilized to evaluate securities such as asset backed securities that have early redemption features. These securities are classified as Level 2. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying fixed income securities using the same valuation inputs previously described.
(b) High yield bonds represent investments in below investment grade fixed income securities as well as commingled high yield bond funds. The valuation inputs for the securities primarily utilize observable market information and are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury securities and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. These securities are primarily classified as Level 2. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying high yield instruments using the same valuation inputs previously described.

110


(c) Emerging market bonds represent investments in securities issued by governments and other entities located in developing countries as well as registered mutual funds and commingled emerging market bond funds. The valuation inputs for the securities utilize observable market information and are primarily based on dealer quotes or a spread relative to the local government bonds. The registered mutual fund is classified as Level 1 while individual securities are classified as Level 2. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying emerging market bonds using the same valuation inputs previously described.
(d) Convertible bonds primarily represent investments in corporate debt securities that have features that allow the debt to be converted into equity securities under certain circumstances. The valuation inputs for the individual convertible bonds primarily utilize observable market information including a spread to U.S. Treasuries and the value and volatility of the underlying equity security. Convertible bonds are classified as Level 1.
(e) Diversified strategies represent an investment in a commingled fund that primarily has exposures to global government, corporate and inflation linked bonds, global stocks and commodities. The commingled fund is valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments. The valuation inputs utilize observable market information including published prices for exchange traded securities, bid prices for government bonds, and spreads and yields available for comparable fixed income securities with similar credit ratings.
(f) U.S. stocks represent investments in stocks of U.S. based companies as well as commingled U.S. stock funds. The valuation inputs for U.S. stocks are based on the last published price reported on the major stock market on which the securities are traded and are primarily classified as Level 1. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs described above.
(g) Non-U.S. stocks represent investments in stocks of companies based in developed countries outside the U.S. as well as commingled funds. The valuation inputs for non-U.S. stocks are based on the last published price reported on the major stock market on which the securities are traded and are primarily classified as Level 1. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs described above.
(h) Emerging market stocks represent investments in an exchange traded fund and commingled funds comprised of stocks of companies located in developing markets. Exchange traded funds are based on the last published price reported on the major stock market on which the securities are traded and are classified as Level 1. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs described previously for individual stocks.
(i) Private equity represents non-public investments in domestic and foreign buy out and venture capital funds. Private equity funds are primarily structured as limited partnerships and are valued according to the valuation policy of each partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The partnerships are valued at NAV using valuation methodologies that give consideration to a range of factors, including but not limited to the price at which investments were acquired, the nature of the investments, market conditions, trading values on comparable public securities, current and projected operating performance, and financing transactions subsequent to the acquisition of the investments. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment.
(j) Private debt represents non-public investments in distressed or mezzanine debt funds. Mezzanine debt instruments are debt instruments that are subordinated to other debt issues and may include embedded equity instruments such as warrants. Private debt funds are primarily structured as limited partnerships and are valued at NAV according to the valuation policy of each partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The valuation of underlying fund investments are based on factors including the issuer's current and projected credit worthiness, the security's terms, reference to the securities of comparable companies, and other market factors. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment.
(k) Market neutral hedge funds hold investments in a diversified mix of instruments that are intended in combination to exhibit low correlations to market fluctuations. These investments are typically combined with futures to achieve uncorrelated excess returns over various markets. Directional hedge funds—This asset category represents investments that may exhibit somewhat higher correlations to market fluctuations than the market neutral hedge funds. Investments in hedge funds include both direct investments and investments in diversified funds of funds. Hedge funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments which include publicly traded equity and fixed income securities and privately negotiated debt securities. The hedge funds are valued by third party administrators using the same valuation inputs previously described.

111


(l) Real estate represents investments in commingled funds and limited partnerships that invest in a diversified portfolio of real estate properties. These investments are valued at NAV according to the valuation policy of each fund or partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines. The valuation inputs of the underlying properties are generally based on third-party appraisals that use comparable sales or a projection of future cash flows to determine fair value.
(m) Multi-asset strategies represent broadly diversified strategies that have the flexibility to tactically adjust exposures to different asset classes through time. This asset category includes investments in a registered mutual fund which is classified as Level 1 and a commingled fund which is valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments.
(n) Derivatives include exchange traded futures contracts which are classified as Level 1, as well as privately negotiated over-the-counter swaps and options that are valued based on the change in interest rates or a specific market index and are classified as Level 2. The market values represent gains or losses that occur due to fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, security prices, or other factors.
(o) Cash equivalents and short-term investments represent investments that are used in conjunction with derivatives positions or are used to provide liquidity for the payment of benefits or other purposes. The valuation inputs of securities are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury Bills, the Federal Funds Rate, or London Interbank Offered Rate and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings and are classified as Level 2. The commingled funds are valued at NAV based on the market value of the underlying investments using the same valuation inputs described above.
Concentrations of Risk: Investments, in general, are exposed to various risks, such as significant world events, interest rate, credit, foreign currency and overall market volatility risk. These risks are managed by broadly diversifying assets across numerous asset classes and strategies with differing expected returns, volatilities and correlations. Risk is also broadly diversified across numerous market sectors and individual companies. Financial instruments that potentially subject the plans to concentrations of counterparty risk consist principally of investment contracts with high quality financial institutions. These investment contracts are typically collateralized obligations and/or are actively managed, limiting the amount of counterparty exposure to any one financial institution. Although the investments are well diversified, the value of plan assets could change materially depending upon the overall market volatility, which could affect the funded status of the plans.
The table below presents a rollforward of the pension plan assets valued using Level 3 inputs:
 
Pension Plan Assets Valued Using Level 3 Inputs
 
High
Yield
Bonds
 
Emerging Market Bonds
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
7

 

 
7

Net transfers
4

 
1

 
5

Acquisitions
4

 

 
4

Dispositions
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
13

 
1

 
14

Net transfers
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Acquisitions
1

 

 
1

Dispositions
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
11

 

 
11

Certain gains and losses are allocated between assets sold during the year and assets still held at year-end based on transactions and changes in valuations that occurred during the year. These allocations also impact our calculation of net acquisitions and dispositions.
For the year ended December 31, 2016, the investment program produced actual gains on qualified pension and post-retirement plan assets of $759 million as compared to expected returns of $739 million for a difference of $20 million. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the investment program produced actual losses on pension and post-retirement plan assets of $158 million as compared to the expected returns of $919 million for a difference of $1.077 billion. The short-term annual returns on plan assets will almost always be different from the expected long-term returns and the plans could experience net gains or losses, due primarily to the volatility occurring in the financial markets during any given year.

112


Unfunded Status
The following table presents the unfunded status of the pensions and post-retirement benefit plans:
 
Pension Plans
 
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Benefit obligation
$
(13,301
)
 
(13,349
)
 
(3,413
)
 
(3,567
)
Fair value of plan assets
10,892

 
11,072

 
53

 
193

Unfunded status
(2,409
)
 
(2,277
)
 
(3,360
)
 
(3,374
)
Current portion of unfunded status
$
(6
)
 
(5
)
 
(236
)
 
(135
)
Non-current portion of unfunded status
$
(2,403
)
 
(2,272
)
 
(3,124
)
 
(3,239
)
The current portion of our post-retirement benefit obligations is recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accrued expenses and other current liabilities-salaries and benefits.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss-Recognition and Deferrals
The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2015, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2016, additional items deferred during 2016 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2016. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
 
Deferrals
 
Net
Change in
AOCL
 
2016
 
(Dollars in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (loss) gain
$
(2,857
)
 
175

 
(466
)
 
(291
)
 
(3,148
)
Prior service benefit (cost)
72

 
(8
)
 
(2
)
 
(10
)
 
62

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)
1,070

 
(67
)
 
188

 
121

 
1,191

Total pension plans
(1,715
)
 
100

 
(280
)
 
(180
)
 
(1,895
)
Post-retirement benefit plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (loss) gain
(147
)
 

 
10

 
10

 
(137
)
Prior service (cost) benefit
(147
)
 
20

 

 
20

 
(127
)
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)
114

 
(8
)
 
(4
)
 
(12
)
 
102

Total post-retirement benefit plans
(180
)
 
12

 
6

 
18

 
(162
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
$
(1,895
)
 
112

 
(274
)
 
(162
)
 
(2,057
)


113


The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2014, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2015, additional items deferred during 2015 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2015. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
 
Deferrals
 
Net
Change in
AOCL
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (loss) gain
$
(2,760
)
 
161

 
(258
)
 
(97
)
 
(2,857
)
Prior service (cost) benefit
(32
)
 
5

 
99

 
104

 
72

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)
1,072

 
(63
)
 
61

 
(2
)
 
1,070

Total pension plans
(1,720
)
 
103

 
(98
)
 
5

 
(1,715
)
Post-retirement benefit plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (loss) gain
(277
)
 

 
130

 
130

 
(147
)
Prior service (cost) benefit
(166
)
 
19

 

 
19

 
(147
)
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)
171

 
(7
)
 
(50
)
 
(57
)
 
114

Total post-retirement benefit plans
(272
)
 
12

 
80

 
92

 
(180
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
$
(1,992
)
 
115

 
(18
)
 
97

 
(1,895
)
The following table presents estimated items to be recognized in 2017 as a component of net periodic benefit expense of the pension, non-qualified pension and post-retirement benefit plans:
 
Pension
Plans
 
Post-Retirement
Plans
 
(Dollars in millions)
Estimated recognition of net periodic (cost) benefit income in 2017:
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
$
(202
)
 

Prior service income (cost)
8

 
(20
)
Deferred income tax benefit
74

 
8

Estimated net periodic benefit expense to be recorded in 2017 as a component of other comprehensive (loss) income
$
(120
)
 
(12
)
Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003
We sponsor post-retirement health care plans with several benefit options that provide prescription drug benefits that we deem actuarially equivalent to or exceeding Medicare Part D. We recognize the impact of the federal subsidy received under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 in the calculation of our post-retirement benefit obligation and net periodic post-retirement benefit expense.

114


Other Benefit Plans
Health Care and Life Insurance
We provide health care and life insurance benefits to essentially all of our active employees. We are largely self-funded for the cost of the health care plan. Our health care benefit expense for current employees was $399 million, $381 million and $381 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Union-represented employee benefits are based on negotiated collective bargaining agreements. Employees contributed $127 million, $125 million and $136 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our group basic life insurance plans are fully insured and the premiums are paid by us.
401(k) Plans
We sponsor qualified defined contribution plans covering substantially all of our employees. Under these plans, employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation up to certain maximums, as defined by the plans and by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"). Currently, we match a percentage of employee contributions in cash. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the assets of the plans included approximately 7 million shares and 8 million shares, respectively, of our common stock all of which were the result of the combination of previous employer match and participant directed contributions. We recognized expenses related to these plans of $79 million, $83 million and $81 million and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plans
We sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans for various groups that included certain of our current and former highly compensated employees. The value of liabilities related to these plans was not significant.
(10)    Share-based Compensation
We maintain equity programs that allow our Board of Directors (through its Compensation Committee or our Chief Executive Officer as its delegate) to grant incentives to certain employees and our outside directors in any one or a combination of several forms, including incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and market and performance shares. Stock options generally expire ten years from the date of grant. Until June 30, 2014, we offered an employee stock purchase plan, which allowed eligible employees to purchase our common stock at a 15% discount based on the lower of the beginning or ending stock price during recurring six month offering periods.
Stock Options
The following table summarizes activity involving stock option awards for the year ended December 31, 2016:
 
Number of
Options
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2015
3,525

 
$
39.67

Exercised
(31
)
 
26.34

Forfeited/Expired
(486
)
 
37.96

Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2016
3,008

 
40.08

The aggregate intrinsic value of our options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2016 was approximately $1 million. The weighted-average remaining contractual term for such options was 1.0 years.
During 2016, we received net cash proceeds of approximately $1 million in connection with our option exercises. The tax benefit realized from these exercises was less than $1 million. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $4 million and $9 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2016 was less than $1 million.

115


Restricted Stock Awards
For equity based awards that contain only service conditions for vesting, we calculate the award fair value based on the closing stock price on the accounting grant date. We also grant equity based restricted stock awards which contain market conditions or performance conditions, in addition to service conditions. For equity based restricted stock awards that contain market conditions, the award fair value is calculated through Monte-Carlo simulations. These awards, with service and market or performance conditions, represent the number of target shares for the award, as each recipient has the opportunity to ultimately receive a number of shares between 0% and 200% of the target restricted stock award. For the awards with market conditions, the percentage received depends on our total shareholder return versus that of selected peer companies during the three-year term of the award and for the awards with performance conditions, the percentage received depends upon the attainment of two financial performance targets during the three-year term of the award.
During the first quarter of 2016, we granted approximately 766 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain executive level employees as part of our long-term incentive program, of which approximately 306 thousand contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 23, 2017, 2018 and 2019. The remaining awards contain service conditions and either market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 23, 2019.
During the first quarter of 2016, we also granted approximately 1.9 million shares to certain key employees as part of our annual equity compensation program, of which approximately 1.7 million contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 25, 2017, 2018 and 2019. The remaining awards contain service conditions and either market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 25, 2019. During the first and third quarter of 2016, we granted shares to certain key employees as part of our long-term equity retention program. These awards will vest over a three to seven year period with approximately 113 thousand, 322 thousand and 209 thousand shares vesting on August 16, 2019, 2021 and 2023, respectively, and 22 thousand shares vesting on January 13, 2021 and 22 thousand shares vesting on January 13, 2023. The remaining awards granted throughout 2016 to certain other key employees and our outside directors were made as part of our equity compensation and retention programs. These awards require only service conditions for vesting and typically vest equally over a three year period.
During the first quarter of 2015, we granted approximately 496 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain executive-level employees as part of our long-term incentive program, of which approximately 198 thousand contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 23, 2016, 2017 and 2018. The remaining awards contain service conditions and market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 23, 2018.
At the end of the first quarter of 2015, we granted approximately 1.2 million shares to certain key employees as part of our annual equity compensation program. These awards contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on March 12, 2016, 2017 and 2018. During the third quarter of 2015 we granted shares to certain key employees as part of our long-term equity retention program. These awards will vest over a three to seven year period with approximately 193 thousand, 423 thousand and 230 thousand shares vesting on August 14, 2018, 2020 and 2022, respectively, and 55 thousand shares vesting equally on August 14, 2017, 2019, and 2021. The remaining awards granted throughout 2015 to certain other key employees and our outside directors were made as part of our equity compensation and retention programs. These awards require only service conditions for vesting and typically vest equally over a three year period.
During the first quarter of 2014, we granted approximately 440 thousand shares of restricted stock to certain executive-level employees as part of our long-term incentive program, of which approximately 250 thousand contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on February 20, 2015, 2016 and 2017. The remaining awards contain service conditions and market or performance conditions and are scheduled to vest on February 20, 2017.
During the second quarter of 2014, we granted approximately 1.5 million shares to certain key employees as part of our annual equity compensation program. These awards contained only service conditions and will vest on a straight-line basis on March 26, 2015, 2016 and 2017. During the third quarter of 2014 we granted shares to certain key employees as part of our long-term equity retention program. These awards will vest over a three to seven year period with approximately 105 thousand, 325 thousand and 220 thousand vesting on August 4, 2017, 2019 and 2021, respectively. The remaining awards granted throughout 2014 to certain other key employees and our outside directors were made as part of our equity compensation and retention programs. These awards require only service conditions for vesting and typically vest equally over a three year period.

116


The following table summarizes activity involving restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards for the year ended December 31, 2016:
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Non-vested at December 31, 2015
4,902

 
33.86

Granted
3,564

 
30.83

Vested
(1,547
)
 
34.82

Forfeited
(971
)
 
33.23

Non-vested at December 31, 2016
5,948

 
31.89

During 2015, we granted 2.9 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $31.83. The total fair value of restricted stock that vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014, was $47 million, $59 million and $53 million, respectively.
Compensation Expense and Tax Benefit
We recognize compensation expense related to our market and performance share-based awards with graded vesting that only have a service condition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Total compensation expense for all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, was $80 million, $73 million and $75 million, respectively. Our tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for our share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, was $31 million, $28 million and $29 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016, there was $137 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to our share-based payment arrangements, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.

117


(11)    Earnings Per Common Share
Basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were calculated as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, shares in thousands)
Income (Numerator):
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
626

 
878

 
772

Earnings applicable to non-vested restricted stock

 

 

Net income applicable to common stock for computing basic earnings per common share
626

 
878

 
772

Net income as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted earnings per common share
$
626

 
878

 
772

Shares (Denominator):
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of shares:
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding during period
545,946

 
559,260

 
572,748

Non-vested restricted stock
(6,397
)
 
(4,982
)
 
(4,313
)
Weighted average shares outstanding for computing basic earnings per common share
539,549

 
554,278

 
568,435

Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Shares issuable under convertible securities
10

 
10

 
10

Shares issuable under incentive compensation plans
1,120

 
805

 
1,294

Number of shares as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted earnings per common share
540,679

 
555,093

 
569,739

Basic earnings per common share
$
1.16

 
1.58

 
1.36

Diluted earnings per common share
$
1.16

 
1.58

 
1.36

Our calculation of diluted earnings per common share excludes shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options when the exercise price is greater than the average market price of our common stock. We also exclude unvested restricted stock awards that are antidilutive as a result of unrecognized compensation cost. Such shares averaged 3.3 million, 3.1 million and 2.5 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(12)    Fair Value Disclosure
Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt, excluding capital lease and other obligations. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between independent and knowledgeable parties who are willing and able to transact for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value and then we rank the estimated values based on the reliability of the inputs used following the fair value hierarchy set forth by the FASB.
We determined the fair values of our long-term debt, including the current portion, based on quoted market prices where available or, if not available, based on discounted future cash flows using current market interest rates.
The three input levels in the hierarchy of fair value measurements are defined by the FASB generally as follows:
Input Level
 
Description of Input
Level 1
 
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets.
Level 2
 
Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable.
Level 3
 
Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists.

118


The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our long-term debt, excluding capital lease and other obligations, as well as the input level used to determine the fair values indicated below:
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
Input
Level
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
Liabilities-Long-term debt, excluding capital lease and other obligations
 
2
 
$
19,553

 
19,639

 
19,800

 
19,473

(13)    Income Taxes
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense was as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
335

 
28

 
18

Deferred
5

 
329

 
305

State
 
 
 
 
 
Current
27

 
40

 
26

Deferred
8

 
21

 
(14
)
Foreign
 
 
 
 
 
Current
26

 
16

 
3

Deferred
(7
)
 
4

 

Total income tax expense
$
394

 
438

 
338

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense was allocated as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Attributable to income
$
394

 
438

 
338

Stockholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes
(2
)
 
(5
)
 
(5
)
Tax effect of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss
(109
)
 
59

 
(744
)

119


The following is a reconciliation from the statutory federal income tax rate to our effective income tax rate:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Percentage of pre-tax income)
Statutory federal income tax rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
2.3
 %
 
2.6
 %
 
2.7
 %
Change in liability for unrecognized tax position
0.2
 %
 
0.4
 %
 
0.4
 %
Net foreign income taxes
0.1
 %
 
0.7
 %
 
0.4
 %
Foreign dividend paid to a domestic parent company
1.8
 %
 
 %
 
 %
Affiliate debt rationalization
 %
 
(2.6
)%
 
 %
Research and development credits
(0.6
)%
 
(2.1
)%
 
 %
Loss on worthless investment in foreign subsidiary
 %
 
 %
 
(5.4
)%
Other, net
(0.2
)%
 
(0.7
)%
 
(2.6
)%
Effective income tax rate
38.6
 %
 
33.3
 %
 
30.5
 %
The 2016 effective tax rate is 38.6% compared to 33.3% for 2015. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 reflects a tax impact of $18 million from an intercompany dividend payment from one of our foreign subsidiaries to its domestic parent company that was made as part of our corporate restructuring in preparation for the sale of our colocation business. The 2015 rate reflects a tax benefit of approximately $34 million related to affiliate debt rationalization, research and development tax credits of $28 million for 2011 through 2015 and a $16 million tax decrease due to changes in state taxes caused by apportionment changes, state tax rate changes and the changes in the expected utilization of net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"). The 2014 rate reflects a $60 million tax benefit associated with a deduction for tax basis for worthless stock in a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary as a result of developments in bankruptcy proceedings involving its sole asset and a $13 million tax decrease due to changes in the state taxes caused by apportionment changes, state tax rate changes and the changes in the expected utilization of NOLs.
The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
Post-retirement and pension benefit costs
$
2,175

 
2,154

Net operating loss carryforwards
473

 
487

Other employee benefits
125

 
182

Other
342

 
458

Gross deferred tax assets
3,115

 
3,281

Less valuation allowance
(375
)
 
(380
)
Net deferred tax assets
2,740

 
2,901

Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation differences
(3,626
)
 
(3,841
)
Goodwill and other intangible assets
(2,577
)
 
(2,588
)
Other

 
(38
)
Gross deferred tax liabilities
(6,203
)
 
(6,467
)
Net deferred tax liability
$
(3,463
)
 
(3,566
)
Of the $3.463 billion and $3.566 billion net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, $3.471 billion and $3.569 billion is reflected as a long-term liability and $8 million and $3 million is reflected as a net noncurrent deferred tax asset at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

120


At December 31, 2016, we had federal NOLs of $61 million and state NOLs of $11.9 billion. If unused, the NOLs will expire between 2017 and 2032; however, no significant amounts expire until 2021. At December 31, 2016, we had an immaterial amount of federal tax credits. Additionally, we had $39 million ($25 million net of federal income tax) of state investment tax credit carryforwards that will expire between 2017 and 2026 if not utilized. In addition, at December 31, 2016, we have fully utilized all remaining federal alternative minimum tax, or AMT, credits. Our acquisitions of Qwest and SAVVIS, Inc. ("Savvis") caused "ownership changes" within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code ("Section 382"). As a result, our ability to use these NOLs and AMT credits are subject to annual limits imposed by Section 382. Despite this, we expect to use substantially all of these tax attributes to reduce our future federal tax liabilities, although the timing of that use will depend upon our future earnings and future tax circumstances.
We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce the deferred tax assets to amounts we expect to realize. As of December 31, 2016, a valuation allowance of $375 million was established as it is more likely than not that this amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will not be utilized prior to expiration. Our valuation allowance at December 31, 2016 and 2015 is primarily related to state NOL carryforwards. This valuation allowance decreased by $5 million during 2016.
A reconciliation of the change in our gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding both interest and any related federal benefit) from January 1 to December 31 for 2016 and 2015 is as follows:
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year
$
15

 
17

Increase in tax positions taken in the current year
1

 
1

Increase in tax positions taken in the prior year

 
7

Decrease due to the reversal of tax positions taken in a prior year

 
(9
)
Decrease from the lapse of statute of limitations

 
(1
)
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year
$
16

 
15

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate was $34 million and $32 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Our policy is to reflect interest expense associated with unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. We had accrued interest (presented before related tax benefits) of approximately $35 million and $33 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state and local jurisdictions. Our uncertain income tax positions are related to tax years that are currently under or remain subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities.
Beginning with the 2013 tax year, our federal consolidated returns are subject to annual examination by the IRS.
Our open income tax years by major jurisdiction are as follows at December 31, 2016:
Jurisdiction
 
Open Tax Years
Federal
 
2013—current
State
 
 
Arizona
 
2010—current
Other states
 
2012—current
Since the period for assessing additional liability typically begins upon the filing of a return, it is possible that certain jurisdictions could assess tax for years prior to the open tax years disclosed above. Additionally, it is possible that certain jurisdictions in which we do not believe we have an income tax filing responsibility, and accordingly did not file a return, may attempt to assess a liability, or that other jurisdictions to which we pay taxes may attempt to assert that we owe additional taxes.
Based on our current assessment of various factors, including (i) the potential outcomes of these ongoing examinations, (ii) the expiration of statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, (iii) the negotiated settlement of certain disputed issues, and (iv) the administrative practices of applicable taxing jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions previously taken may decrease by up to $11 million within the next 12 months. The actual amount of such decrease, if any, will depend on several future developments and events, many of which are outside our control.

121


(14)    Segment Information
We are organized into operating segments based on customer type, business and consumer. These operating segments are our two reportable segments in our consolidated financial statements:
Business Segment. Consists generally of providing strategic, legacy and data integration products and services to small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, including other communication providers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our MPLS, Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), broadband, VoIP, information technology ("IT") and other ancillary services. Our legacy services offered to these customers primarily include local and long-distance voice, including the sale of unbundled network elements ("UNEs"), private line (including special access), switched access and other ancillary services. Our data integration offerings include the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers' premises and related products and professional services, all of which are described further below under the heading "Products and Services Categories"; and
Consumer Segment. Consists generally of providing strategic and legacy products and services to residential customers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our broadband, video (including our Prism TV services) and other ancillary services. Our legacy services offered to these customers include local and long-distance voice and other ancillary services.
The following table summarizes our segment results for 2016, 2015 and 2014 based on the segment categorization we were operating under at December 31, 2016.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Total segment revenues
$
16,255

 
16,668

 
17,028

Total segment expenses
8,492

 
8,461

 
8,502

Total segment income
$
7,763

 
8,207

 
8,526

Total margin percentage
48
%
 
49
%
 
50
%
Business segment:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
10,352

 
10,646

 
11,030

Expenses
5,930

 
5,967

 
6,019

Income
$
4,422

 
4,679

 
5,011

Margin percentage
43
%
 
44
%
 
45
%
Consumer segment:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
5,903

 
6,022

 
5,998

Expenses
2,562

 
2,494

 
2,483

Income
$
3,341

 
3,528

 
3,515

Margin percentage
57
%
 
59
%
 
59
%
Changes in Segment Reporting
We continually review, evaluate and refine our expense allocations to better reflect how we view and manage our operations, and as a result, during the first half of 2016, we implemented several changes with respect to the assignment of certain expenses to our reportable segments. We have recast our previously-reported segment results for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, to conform to the current presentation. The nature of the most significant changes to segment expenses are as follows:
Certain marketing and advertising expenses were reassigned from the business segment to the consumer segment;
Certain service delivery costs were reassigned from the consumer segment to the business segment;
Centralized human resources training costs were reassigned from the business and consumer segments to corporate overhead; and

122


Marketing direct mail costs and certain printing expenses were reassigned from corporate overhead to the business and consumer segments.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, the segment expense recast resulted in an increase in consumer expenses of $69 million and a decrease in business expenses of $67 million. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the segment expense recast resulted in an increase in consumer expenses of $63 million and a decrease in business expenses of $70 million.
Product and Service Categories
From time to time, we change the categorization of our products and services, and we may make similar changes in the future. During the second quarter of 2016, we determined that because of declines due to customer migration to other strategic products and services, certain of our business low-bandwidth data services, specifically our private line (including special access) services in our business segment, are more closely aligned with our legacy services than with our strategic services. As a result, we reflect these operating revenues as legacy services, and we have reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to this change. The revision resulted in a reduction of revenue from strategic services and a corresponding increase in revenue from legacy services of $1.586 billion and $1.861 billion (net of $9 million and $33 million of deferred revenue included in other business legacy services) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In addition, our business broadband services remain a strategic service and are now included in our other business strategic services.
We categorize our products, services and revenues among the following four categories:
Strategic services, which include primarily broadband, MPLS, Ethernet, colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), video (including our facilities-based video services, which we offer in 16 markets), VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services;
Legacy services, which include primarily local and long-distance voice, including the sale of UNEs, private line (including special access), Integrated Services Digital Network ("ISDN") (which use regular telephone lines to support voice, video and data applications), switched access and other ancillary services;
Data integration, which includes the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers' premises and related products and professional services, such as network management, installation and maintenance of data equipment and building of proprietary fiber-optic broadband networks for our governmental and business customers; and
Other operating revenues, which consist primarily of CAF support payments, USF support payments and USF surcharges. We receive federal support payments from both Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the CAF program, and support payments from both federal and state USF programs. These support payments are government subsidies designed to reimburse us for various costs related to certain telecommunications services, including the costs of deploying, maintaining and operating voice and broadband infrastructure in high-cost rural areas where we are not able to fully recover our costs from our customers. We also collect USF surcharges based on specific items we list on our customers' invoices to fund the FCC's universal service programs. We also generate other operating revenues from the leasing and subleasing of space in our office buildings, warehouses and other properties. Because we centrally manage the activities that generate these other operating revenues, these revenues are not included in our segment revenues.

123


Our operating revenues for our products and services consisted of the following categories for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Strategic services
 
 
 
 
 
Business high-bandwidth data services (1)
$
2,990

 
2,816

 
2,579

Business hosting services (2)
1,210

 
1,281

 
1,316

Other business strategic services (3)
703

 
624

 
558

Consumer broadband services (4)
2,689

 
2,611

 
2,469

Other consumer strategic services (5)
458

 
421

 
381

Total strategic services revenues
8,050

 
7,753

 
7,303

 
 
 
 
 
 
Legacy services
 
 
 
 
 
Business voice services (6)
2,413

 
2,588

 
2,777

Business low-bandwidth data services (7)
1,382

 
1,594

 
1,893

Other business legacy services (8)
1,123

 
1,168

 
1,219

Consumer voice services (6)
2,442

 
2,676

 
2,865

Other consumer legacy services (9)
312

 
312

 
279

Total legacy services revenues
7,672

 
8,338

 
9,033

 
 
 
 
 
 
Data integration
 
 
 
 
 
  Business data integration
531

 
575

 
688

  Consumer data integration
2

 
2

 
4

Total data integration revenues
533

 
577

 
692

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other revenues
 
 
 
 
 
  High-cost support revenue (10)
688

 
732

 
528

  Other revenue (11)
527

 
500

 
475

Total other revenues
1,215

 
1,232

 
1,003

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues
$
17,470

 
17,900

 
18,031

______________________________________________________________________ 
(1)
Includes MPLS and Ethernet revenue
(2)
Includes colocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting) and hosting area network revenue
(3)
Includes primarily broadband, VoIP, video and IT services revenue
(4)
Includes broadband and related services revenue
(5)
Includes video and other revenue
(6)
Includes local and long-distance voice revenue
(7)
Includes private line (including special access) revenue
(8)
Includes UNEs, public access, switched access and other ancillary revenue
(9)
Includes other ancillary revenue
(10)
Includes CAF Phase 1, CAF Phase 2 and federal and state USF support revenue
(11)
Includes USF surcharges


124


We recognize revenues in our consolidated statements of operations for certain USF surcharges and transaction taxes that we bill to our customers. Our consolidated statements of operations also reflect the offsetting expense for the amounts we remit to the government agencies. The total amount of such surcharges and transaction taxes that we included in revenues aggregated to $572 million, $544 million and $526 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These USF surcharges, where we record revenue, are included in "other" operating revenues and transaction taxes are included in "legacy services" revenues. We also act as a collection agent for certain other USF and transaction taxes that we are required by government agencies to bill our customers, for which we do not record any revenue or expense because we only act as a pass-through agent.
Allocations of Revenues and Expenses
Our segment revenues include all revenues from our strategic, legacy and data integration operations as described in more detail above. Segment revenues are based upon each customer's classification as either business or consumer. We report our segment revenues based upon all services provided to that segment's customers. Our segment expenses for our two segments include specific expenses incurred as a direct result of providing services and products to segment customers, along with selling, general and administrative expenses that are (i) directly associated with specific segment customers or activities, and (ii) allocated expenses which include network expenses, facilities expenses and other expenses such as fleet and real estate expenses. We do not assign depreciation and amortization expense or impairments to our segments, as the related assets and capital expenditures are centrally managed and are not monitored by or reported to the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") by segment. Generally speaking, severance expenses, restructuring expenses and certain centrally managed administrative functions (such as finance, information technology, legal and human resources) are not assigned to our segments. Interest expense is also excluded from segment results because we manage our financing on a consolidated basis and have not allocated assets or debt to specific segments. Other income and expense items are not monitored as a part of our segment operations and are therefore excluded from our segment results.
The following table reconciles segment income to net income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Total segment income
$
7,763

 
8,207

 
8,526

Other operating revenues
1,215

 
1,232

 
1,003

Depreciation and amortization
(3,916
)
 
(4,189
)
 
(4,428
)
Other unassigned operating expenses
(2,731
)
 
(2,645
)
 
(2,691
)
Other expenses, net
(1,311
)
 
(1,289
)
 
(1,300
)
Income before income tax expense
1,020

 
1,316

 
1,110

Income tax expense
(394
)
 
(438
)
 
(338
)
Net income
$
626

 
878

 
772

We do not have any single customer that provides more than 10% of our total consolidated operating revenues. Substantially all of our consolidated revenues come from customers located in the United States.

125


(15)    Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
4,401

 
4,398

 
4,382

 
4,289

 
17,470

Operating income
694

 
650

 
595

 
392

 
2,331

Net income
236

 
196

 
152

 
42

 
626

Basic earnings per common share
0.44

 
0.36

 
0.28

 
0.08

 
1.16

Diluted earnings per common share
0.44

 
0.36

 
0.28

 
0.08

 
1.16

2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
4,451

 
4,419

 
4,554

 
4,476

 
17,900

Operating income
649

 
549

 
656

 
751

 
2,605

Net income
192

 
143

 
205

 
338

 
878

Basic earnings per common share
0.34

 
0.26

 
0.37

 
0.62

 
1.58

Diluted earnings per common share
0.34

 
0.26

 
0.37

 
0.62

 
1.58

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we recognized $164 million of severance expenses and other one-time termination benefits associated with our workforce reductions and $52 million of expenses related to our pending acquisition of Level 3.
During the third quarter of 2015, we recognized an incremental $158 million of revenue associated with the FCC's CAF Phase 2 high-cost support program (primarily impacted by the one-time transitional payment), and an additional incremental $57 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. During the fourth quarter of 2015, we also recognized a tax benefit of approximately $34 million related to affiliate debt rationalization, research and development tax credits of $28 million for 2011 through 2015, and a $16 million tax decrease due to changes in state taxes caused by apportionment changes, state tax rate changes and the changes in the expected utilization of net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs").
(16)    Commitments and Contingencies
We are vigorously defending against all of the matters described below under the headings "Pending Matters" and "Other Proceedings and Disputes." As a matter of course, we are prepared both to litigate these matters to judgment, as well as to evaluate and consider all reasonable settlement opportunities. In this Note, when we refer to a class action as "putative" it is because a class has been alleged, but not certified in that matter. We have established accrued liabilities for these matters described below where losses are deemed probable and reasonably estimable.
Pending Matters
CenturyLink and the members of the CenturyLink Board have been named as defendants in a putative shareholder class action lawsuit filed on January 11, 2017 in the 4th Judicial District Court of the State of Louisiana, Ouachita Parish, captioned Jeffery Tomasulo v. CenturyLink, Inc., et al., Docket No. C-20170110. The complaint asserts, among other things, that the members of CenturyLink’s Board allegedly breached their fiduciary duties to the CenturyLink shareholders in approving the Level 3 merger agreement and, more particularly, that: the consideration that CenturyLink agreed to pay to Level 3 stockholders in the transaction is allegedly unfairly high; the CenturyLink directors allegedly had conflicts of interest in negotiating and approving the transaction; and the disclosures set forth in our preliminary joint proxy statement/prospectus filed in December 2016 are insufficient in that they allegedly fail to contain material information concerning the transaction. The complaint seeks, among other things, a declaration that the members of the CenturyLink Board have breached their fiduciary duties, corrective disclosure, rescissory or other damages and equitable relief, including rescission of the transaction. On February 13, 2017, the parties entered into a memorandum of understanding providing for the settlement of the lawsuit. The proposed settlement is subject to court approval, among other conditions.

126


In William Douglas Fulghum, et al. v. Embarq Corporation, et al., filed on December 28, 2007 in the United States District Court for the District of Kansas, a group of retirees filed a class action lawsuit challenging the decision to make certain modifications in retiree benefits programs relating to life insurance, medical insurance and prescription drug benefits, generally effective January 1, 2006 and January 1, 2008 (which, at the time of the modifications, was expected to reduce estimated future expenses for the subject benefits by more than $300 million). Defendants include Embarq, certain of its benefit plans, its Employee Benefits Committee and the individual plan administrator of certain of its benefits plans. Additional defendants include Sprint Nextel and certain of its benefit plans. The court certified classes on the claims for vested benefits and age discrimination, but rejected class certification on the claims for breach of fiduciary duty. On October 14, 2011, the Fulghum lawyers filed a new, related lawsuit, Abbott et al. v. Sprint Nextel et al. In Abbott, approximately 1,500 plaintiffs alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the changes in retiree benefits that were at issue in Fulghum. After extensive district court proceedings in Fulghum, and an interlocutory appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit, defendants prevailed in 2015 on all age discrimination claims and on the majority of claims for vested benefits. The district court in Fulghum subsequently granted judgment in favor of defendants on all remaining vested benefits claims, and in July 2016 ordered that any affected class members could appeal this ruling. No appeal was taken, and all claims for vested benefits thus have lapsed. On August 31, 2016, the parties reached a settlement in principle on all remaining claims in Fulghum and Abbott. Assuming its terms are successfully implemented, we believe the settlement is likely to be final in mid 2017. We have accrued a liability that we believe is probable for these matters; the amount is not material to our consolidated financial statements.
Subsidiaries of CenturyLink, Inc. are among hundreds of companies in an industry-wide dispute, raised in nearly 100 federal lawsuits (filed between 2014 and 2016) that have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the District of Northern Texas for pretrial procedures. The disputes relate to switched access charges that local exchange carriers ("LECs") collect from interexchange carriers ("IXCs") for IXCs' use of LEC's access services. In the lawsuits, three IXCs, Sprint Communications Company L.P. ("Sprint"), affiliates of Verizon Communications Inc. ("Verizon") and affiliates of Level 3 Communications LLC ("Level 3"), assert that federal and state laws bar LECs from collecting access charges when IXCs exchange certain types of calls between mobile and wireline devices that are routed through an IXC. Some of these IXCs have asserted claims seeking refunds of payments for access charges previously paid and relief from future access charges. In addition, Level 3 has ceased paying switched access charges on these calls.
In November 2015, the federal court agreed with the LECs and rejected the IXCs' contention that federal law prohibits these particular access charges, and also allowed the IXCs to refile state-law claims. Since then, many of the LECs and IXCs have filed revised pleadings and additional motions, which remain pending. Separately, some of the defendants, including CenturyLink, Inc.'s LECs, have petitioned the FCC to address these issues on an industry-wide basis.
As both an IXC and a LEC, we both pay and assess significant amounts of the charges in question. The outcome of these disputes and lawsuits, as well as any related regulatory proceedings that could ensue, are currently not predictable. If we are required to stop assessing these charges or to pay refunds of any such charges, our financial results could be negatively affected.
CenturyLink, Inc. and several of its subsidiaries are defendants in lawsuits filed over the past few years in the Circuit Court of St. Louis County, Missouri by numerous Missouri municipalities alleging underpayment of taxes. These municipalities are seeking, among other things, (i) a declaratory judgment regarding the extent of our obligations to pay certain business license and gross receipts taxes and (ii) a monetary award of back taxes covering 2007 to the present, plus penalties and interest. In an April 2016 ruling in connection with one of these pending cases, the court made findings which, if not overturned, will result in a tax liability to us well in excess of the contingent liability we have established. Following further proceedings at the district court, we plan to file an appeal and continue to vigorously defend against these claims. For a variety of reasons, we expect the outcome of our appeal to significantly reduce our ultimate exposure, although we can provide no assurances to this effect.

127


Other Proceedings and Disputes
From time to time, we are involved in other proceedings incidental to our business, including patent infringement allegations, administrative hearings of state public utility commissions relating primarily to our rates or services, actions relating to employee claims, various tax issues, environmental law issues, grievance hearings before labor regulatory agencies and miscellaneous third party tort actions.
We are currently defending several patent infringement lawsuits asserted against us by non-practicing entities, many of which are seeking substantial recoveries. These cases have progressed to various stages and one or more may go to trial in the coming 24 months if they are not otherwise resolved. Where applicable, we are seeking full or partial indemnification from our vendors and suppliers. As with all litigation, we are vigorously defending these actions and, as a matter of course, are prepared to litigate these matters to judgment, as well as to evaluate and consider all reasonable settlement opportunities.
We are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection and health and safety laws. From time to time, we are subject to judicial and administrative proceedings brought by various governmental authorities under these laws. Several such proceedings are currently pending, but none is reasonably expected to exceed $100,000 in fines and penalties.
The outcome of these other proceedings is not predictable. However, based on current circumstances, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these other proceedings, after considering available defenses and any insurance coverage or indemnification rights, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Capital Leases
We lease certain facilities and equipment under various capital lease arrangements. Depreciation of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense in our consolidated statements of operations. Payments on capital leases are included in repayments of long-term debt, including current maturities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
The tables below summarize our capital lease activity:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(Dollars in millions)
Assets acquired through capital leases
45

 
17

 
37

Depreciation expense
70

 
96

 
126

Cash payments towards capital leases
58

 
89

 
118

 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Assets included in property, plant and equipment
705

 
722

Accumulated depreciation
351

 
352


128


The future annual minimum payments under capital lease arrangements as of December 31, 2016 were as follows:
 
Future Minimum
Payments
 
(Dollars in millions)
Capital lease obligations:
 
2017
$
94

2018
91

2019
70

2020
46

2021
43

2022 and thereafter
170

Total minimum payments
514

Less: amount representing interest and executory costs
(123
)
Present value of minimum payments
391

Less: current portion
(69
)
Long-term portion
$
322

If, as anticipated, we sell our colocation business and data centers in the manner discussed in Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers, $305 million of the capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2016 will be assumed by the Purchaser. The future annual minimum payments under capital lease arrangements for the colocation operations as of December 31, 2016 were as follows:
 
Future Minimum
Payments
 
(Dollars in millions)
Capital lease obligations:
 
2017
$
60

2018
62

2019
52

2020
39

2021
40

2022 and thereafter
145

Total minimum payments
398

Less: amount representing interest and executory costs
(93
)
Present value of minimum payments
$
305

The present value of the minimum payments under capital lease arrangements for the colocation operations is included in "Current liabilities associated with assets held for sale" on our consolidated balance sheets. See Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers for additional information.
Operating Leases
CenturyLink leases various equipment, office facilities, retail outlets, switching facilities and other network sites. These leases, with few exceptions, provide for renewal options and escalations that are either fixed or based on the consumer price index. Any rent abatements, along with rent escalations, are included in the computation of rent expense calculated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease term for most leases includes the initial non-cancelable term plus any term under renewal options that are reasonably assured. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our gross rental expense was $482 million, $467 million and $446 million, respectively. We also received sublease rental income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 of $12 million, $12 million and $14 million, respectively.

129


At December 31, 2016, our future rental commitments for operating leases were as follows:
 
Future Minimum
Payments
 
(Dollars in millions)
2017
$
295

2018
276

2019
249

2020
226

2021
162

2022 and thereafter
1,049

Total future minimum payments(1)
$
2,257

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $77 million due in the future under non-cancelable subleases.
If, as anticipated, we sell our colocation business and data centers in the manner discussed in Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers, $750 million of the operating leases future rental commitments as of December 31, 2016 will be assumed by the Purchaser. The future rental commitments under operating leases for the colocation operations as of December 31, 2016 were as follows:
 
Future Minimum
Payments
 
(Dollars in millions)
2017
$
89

2018
84

2019
71

2020
68

2021
68

2022 and thereafter
370

Total future minimum payments
$
750

Purchase Commitments
We have several commitments primarily for marketing activities and support services from a variety of vendors to be used in the ordinary course of business totaling $427 million at December 31, 2016. Of this amount, we expect to purchase $166 million in 2017, $153 million in 2018 through 2019, $41 million in 2020 through 2021 and $67 million in 2022 and thereafter. These amounts do not represent our entire anticipated purchases in the future, but represent only those items for which we were contractually committed as of December 31, 2016.
If, as anticipated, we sell our colocation business and data centers in the manner discussed in Note 3—Pending Sale of Colocation Business and Data Centers, $80 million of the purchase commitments as of December 31, 2016 will be assumed by the Purchaser.

130


(17)    Other Financial Information
Other Current Assets
The following table presents details of other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Prepaid expenses
$
206

 
238

Materials, supplies and inventory
134

 
144

Deferred activation and installation charges
101

 
105

Other
106

 
86

Total other current assets
$
547

 
573

Selected Current Liabilities
Current liabilities reflected in our consolidated balance sheets include accounts payable and other current liabilities as follows:
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(Dollars in millions)
Accounts payable
$
1,179

 
968

Other current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accrued rent
$
31

 
32

Legal reserves
30

 
20

Other
152

 
168

Total other current liabilities
$
213

 
220

Included in accounts payable at December 31, 2016 and 2015, were (i) $56 million and $68 million, respectively, representing book overdrafts and (ii) $196 million and $94 million, respectively, associated with capital expenditures.
(18)    Labor Union Contracts
Approximately 38% of our employees are members of various bargaining units represented by the Communication Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. We believe that relations with our employees continue to be generally good. Approximately 12,000, or 30%, of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements that are scheduled to expire in 2017, including approximately 11,000, or 28%, of our employees that are subject to collective bargaining agreements that are scheduled to expire October 7, 2017.
(19)    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2016:
 
Pension Plans
 
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
(1,715
)
 
(180
)
 
(39
)
 
(1,934
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
(280
)
 
6

 
(22
)
 
(296
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
100

 
12

 
1

 
113

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
(180
)
 
18

 
(21
)
 
(183
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
(1,895
)
 
(162
)
 
(60
)
 
(2,117
)

131


The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2016:
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
Decrease (Increase)
in Net Income
 
Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of
Operations or Footnote Where Additional
Information is Presented If The Amount is not
Recognized in Net Income in Total
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
 
$
175

 
See Note 9—Employee Benefits
Prior service cost
 
12

 
See Note 9—Employee Benefits
Total before tax
 
187

 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
(75
)
 
Income tax expense
Insignificant items
 
1

 
 
Net of tax
 
$
113

 
 
The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2015:
 
Pension Plans
 
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
 
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
 
Total
 
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
(1,720
)
 
(272
)
 
(25
)
 
(2,017
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
(98
)
 
80

 
(14
)
 
(32
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
103

 
12

 

 
115

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
5

 
92

 
(14
)
 
83

Balance at December 31, 2015
$
(1,715
)
 
(180
)
 
(39
)
 
(1,934
)
The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2015:
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Decrease (Increase)
in Net Loss
 
Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of
Operations or Footnote Where Additional
Information is Presented If The Amount is not
Recognized in Net Income in Total
 
 
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
 
$
161

 
See Note 9—Employee Benefits
Prior service cost
 
24

 
See Note 9—Employee Benefits
Total before tax
 
185

 
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
(70
)
 
Income tax expense
Net of tax
 
$
115

 
 

132


(20)    Dividends
Our Board of Directors declared the following dividends payable in 2016 and 2015:
Date Declared
 
Record Date
 
Dividend
Per Share
 
Total Amount
 
Payment Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
November 15, 2016
 
11/28/2016
 
$
0.540

 
$
294

 
12/12/2016
August 23, 2016
 
9/2/2016
 
0.540

 
295

 
9/16/2016
May 18, 2016
 
5/31/2016
 
0.540

 
294

 
6/14/2016
February 23, 2016
 
3/4/2016
 
0.540

 
295

 
3/18/2016
November 10, 2015
 
11/24/2015
 
0.540

 
293

 
12/8/2015
August 25, 2015
 
9/8/2015
 
0.540

 
300

 
9/22/2015
May 20, 2015
 
6/2/2015
 
0.540

 
303

 
6/16/2015
February 23, 2015
 
3/6/2015
 
0.540

 
303

 
3/20/2015
The declaration of dividends is solely at the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may change or terminate our dividend practice at any time for any reason without prior notice.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act (the “Exchange Act”)) designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These include controls and procedures designed to ensure that this information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, Glen F. Post, III, and our Chief Financial Officer, R. Stewart Ewing, Jr., evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2016. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016, at the reasonable assurance level.
The effectiveness of our or any system of disclosure controls and procedures is subject to certain limitations, including the exercise of judgment in designing, implementing and evaluating the controls and procedures, the assumptions used in identifying the likelihood of future events and the inability to eliminate misconduct completely. As a result, there can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect all errors or fraud. By their nature, our or any system of disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance regarding management's control objectives.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that materially affected, or that we believe are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

133


Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act), a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Based on our evaluation under the framework of COSO, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at December 31, 2016. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2016 has been audited by KPMG LLP, as stated in their report. See the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on our internal control over financial reporting in Item 8, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Management’s Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management has prepared and is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. The consolidated financial statements included in this annual report have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and necessarily include amounts determined using our best judgments and estimates.
Our consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who have expressed their opinion with respect to the fairness of the consolidated financial statements. Their audit was conducted in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
/s/ Glen F. Post, III
 
/s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
Glen F. Post, III
 
R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary
 
 
 
February 22, 2017
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

134


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2016 about our equity compensation plans under which Common Shares are authorized for issuance:
 
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and rights
(a)
 
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and rights
(b)
 
Number of securities remaining available
for future issuance
under plans
(excluding securities reflected in column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
2,000,623

(1) 
$
45.75

(2) 
17,904,466

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders(3)
2,282,277

 
38.28

 

Totals
4,282,900

(1) 
$
40.08

(2) 
17,904,466

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
These amounts include restricted stock units, which represent the difference between the number of shares of restricted stock subject to market conditions granted at target and the maximum possible payout for these awards. Depending on performance, the actual share payout of these awards may range between 0-200% of target.
(2) 
The amounts in column (a) include restricted stock units, which do not have an exercise price. Consequently, those awards were excluded from the calculation of this exercise price.
(3) 
These amounts represent common shares to be issued upon exercise of options that were assumed in connection with certain acquisitions.
The balance of the information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

135



PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Exhibits identified in parentheses below are on file with the SEC and are incorporated herein by reference. All other exhibits are provided as part of this electronic submission.
Exhibit
Number
Description
2.1
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 31, 2016, by and among CenturyLink, Inc., Level 3 Communications, Inc., Wildcat Merger Sub 1 LLC and WWG Merger Sub LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2016).
3.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of CenturyLink, Inc., as amended through May 23, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 30, 2012).
3.2
Bylaws of CenturyLink, Inc., as amended and restated through February 4, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2016).
4.1
Form of common stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2012 (Registration No. 333-179888)).
4.2
Instruments relating to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Revolving Credit Facility.
 
a.
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and among CenturyLink, Inc. and the lenders and agents named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2014, among CenturyLink, Inc. and the lenders and agents named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of CenturyLink's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 5, 2014).
 
b.
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and among the original guarantors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2012), as assumed by two additional guarantors under an assumption agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(b) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2013), as amended by the Amendment to Guarantee Agreement and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2014, among CenturyLink, Inc. and the affiliated guarantors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 5, 2014).
4.3
Instruments relating to CenturyLink, Inc.'s Term Loan.
 
a.
Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2012, by and among CenturyLink, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2012), as amended by the amendment dated as of March 13, 2015.
 
b.
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2012, by and among the original guarantors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2012), as assumed by two additional guarantors under an assumption agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3(b) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2013), as amended by the amendment dated as of March 13, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3(b) of CenturyLink's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2015 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2015).

136


Exhibit
Number
Description
4.4
Instruments relating to CenturyLink, Inc.'s public senior debt.(1)
 
a.
Indenture, dated as of March 31, 1994, by and between Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc. (currently named CenturyLink, Inc.) and Regions Bank (successor-in-interest to First American Bank & Trust of Louisiana), as Trustee.
 
 
(i).
Form of 7.2% Senior Notes, Series D, due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 1996).
 
 
(ii).
Form of 6.875% Debentures, Series G, due 2028, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 1998).
 
b.
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 26, 2007, by and between CenturyTel, Inc. (currently named CenturyLink, Inc.) and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the terms and conditions of CenturyLink's 6.0% Senior Notes, Series N, due 2017 and 5.5% Senior Notes, Series O, due 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2007).
 
 
(i).
Form of 6.0% Senior Notes, Series N, due 2017 and 5.5% Senior Notes, Series O, due 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2007).
 
c.
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2009, by and between CenturyTel, Inc. (currently named CenturyLink, Inc.) and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the terms and conditions of CenturyLink's 7.60% Senior Notes, Series P, due 2039 and 6.15% Senior Notes, Series Q, due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 22, 2009).
 
 
(i).
Form of 7.60% Senior Notes, Series P, due 2039 and 6.15% Senior Notes, Series Q, due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 22, 2009).
 
d.
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 16, 2011, by and between CenturyLink, Inc. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the terms and conditions of CenturyLink's 5.15% Senior Notes, Series R, due 2017 and 6.45% Senior Notes, Series S, due 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 16, 2011).
 
 
(i).
Form of 5.15% Senior Notes, Series R, due 2017 and 6.45% Senior Notes, Series S, due 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 16, 2011).
 
e.
Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2012, by and between CenturyLink, Inc. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the terms and conditions of CenturyLink's 5.80% Senior Notes, Series T, due 2022 and 7.65% Senior Notes, Series U, due 2042 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2012).
 
 
(i).
Form of 5.80% Senior Notes, Series T, due 2022 and 7.65% Senior Notes, Series U, due 2042 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2012).
 
f.
Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2013, by and between CenturyLink, Inc. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the terms and conditions of CenturyLink's 5.625% Senior Notes, Series V, due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2013).
 
 
(i).
Form of 5.625% Senior Notes, Series V, due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2013).

137


Exhibit
Number
Description
 
g.
Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2013, by and between CenturyLink, Inc. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the terms and conditions of CenturyLink's 6.75% Senior Notes, Series W, due 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 27, 2013).
 
 
(i).
Form of 6.75% Senior Notes, Series W, due 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 27, 2013).
 
h.
Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 19, 2015, by and between CenturyLink, Inc. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the terms and conditions of CenturyLink's 5.625% Senior Notes, Series X, due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2015).
 
 
(i).
Form of 5.625% Senior Notes, Series X, due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2015).
 
i.
Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 6, 2016, by and between CenturyLink, Inc. and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the terms and conditions of CenturyLink's 7.5% Senior Notes, Series Y, due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2016).
 
 
(i).
Form of 7.5% Senior Notes, Series Y, due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2016).
4.5
Instruments relating to indebtedness of Qwest Communications International, Inc. and its subsidiaries.(1)
 
a.
Indenture, dated as of April 15, 1990, by and between The Mountain States Telephone and Telegraph Company (currently named Qwest Corporation) and The First National Bank of Chicago (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Qwest Corporation's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2004).
 
 
(i).
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 1991, by and between U S WEST Communications, Inc. (currently named Qwest Corporation) and The First National Bank of Chicago (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Qwest Corporation's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2004).
 
b.
Indenture, dated as of April 15, 1990, by and between Northwestern Bell Telephone Company (predecessor to Qwest Corporation) and The First National Bank of Chicago (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5(b) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2012 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2012).
 
 
(i).
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 1991, by and between U S WEST Communications, Inc. (currently named Qwest Corporation) and The First National Bank of Chicago (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Qwest Corporation's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2004).
 
c.
Indenture, dated as of June 29, 1998, by and among U S WEST Capital Funding, Inc. (currently named Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.), U S WEST, Inc. (predecessor to Qwest Communications International Inc.) and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) of U S WEST, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14087) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 18, 1998).
 
 
(i).
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2000, by and among U S WEST Capital Funding, Inc. (currently named Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.), U S WEST, Inc. (predecessor to Qwest Communications International Inc.) and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of Qwest Communications International Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2000 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2000).
 
d.
Indenture, dated as of October 15, 1999, by and between US West Communications, Inc. (currently named Qwest Corporation) and Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) of Qwest Corporation's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2000).

138


Exhibit
Number
Description
 
 
(i).
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2007, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Qwest Communications International Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2007).
 
 
(ii).
Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2011, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of Qwest Corporation's Form 8-A (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 20, 2011).
 
 
(iii).
Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 4, 2011, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Qwest Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2011).
 
 
(iv).
Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 2, 2012, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of Qwest Corporation's Form 8-A (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2012).
 
 
(v).
Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 25, 2012, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of Qwest Corporation's Form 8-A (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2012).
 
 
(vi).
Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2013, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of Qwest Corporation's Form 8-A (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2013).
 
 
(vii).
Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2014, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of Qwest Corporation's Form 8-A (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2014).
 
 
(viii).
Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 21, 2015, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 of Qwest Corporation's Form 8-A (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2015).
 
 
(ix).
Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2016, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of Qwest Corporation's Form 8-A (File No. 001-03040) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2016).
 
 
(x).
Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 22, 2016, by and between Qwest Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 of Qwest Corporation's Form 8-A (File No. 001-03040) filed with Securities and Exchange Commission on August 22, 2016).
 
e.
Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2015, by and among Qwest Corporation, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, and CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent.
4.6
Instruments relating to indebtedness of Embarq Corporation.(1)
 
a.
Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2006, by and between Embarq Corporation and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Embarq Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32732) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2006).
 
b.
7.995% Global Note due 2036 of Embarq Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Embarq Corporation's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-32372) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2007).
4.7
Intercompany debt instruments.
 
a.
Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of April 2, 2012 pursuant to which Embarq Corporation may borrow from an affiliate of CenturyLink, Inc. up to $2.5 billion on a revolving basis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7(a) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2012 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2012).

139


Exhibit
Number
Description
 
b.
Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of April 18, 2012, pursuant to which Qwest Corporation may borrow from an affiliate of CenturyLink, Inc. up to $1.0 billion on a revolving basis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7(b) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2012 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2012).
 
c.
Revolving Promissory Note, dated as of September 27, 2012, pursuant to which Qwest Communications International, Inc. may borrow from an affiliate of CenturyLink, Inc. up to $3.0 billion on a revolving basis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7(c) of CenturyLink Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 001-07844) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2013).
10.2
Stock-based Incentive Plans and Agreements of CenturyLink
 
a.
Amended and Restated 2005 Directors Stock Plan, as amended and restated through February 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(f) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2010).
 
 
(i).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its outside directors as of May 12, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2006 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 3, 2006).
 
 
(ii).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its outside directors as of May 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(f) (iii) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2009).
 
 
(iii).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its outside directors as of May 9, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 (f) (iv) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2009).
 
 
(iv).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as of May 8, 2009, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its outside directors on such date who remained on the Board following July 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(b) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2009).
 
 
(v).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as of May 8, 2009, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its outside directors who retired on July 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(c) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2009).
 
 
(vi).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as of July 2, 2009, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its outside directors named to the Board on July 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(d) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2009).
 
 
(vii).
Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as of July 2, 2009, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and William A. Owens in payment of Mr. Owens' 2009 supplemental chairman's fees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(e) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2009).
 
 
(viii).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as of May 21, 2010, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and seven of its outside directors on such date (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2010 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 6, 2010).
 
b.
Amended and Restated 2005 Management Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated through February 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(g) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2010).

140


Exhibit
Number
Description
 
 
(i).
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as of February 21, 2006, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and its executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(g) (iii) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2006).
 
 
(ii).
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as of February 26, 2007, entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and its executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2007 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 2007).
 
c.
CenturyLink 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended through May 18, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Proxy Statement for its 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2016).
 
 
(i).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for non-management directors used since 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(a) (ii) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2011 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2011).
 
 
(ii).
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for executive officers used since May 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(i) (iii) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2013).
10.3
Key Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, dated as of January 1, 1984, as amended and restated as of November 16, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(f) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 1996) and amendment thereto dated as of November 21, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(f) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 1997), amendment thereto dated as of February 25, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1997 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 1997), amendment thereto dated as of April 25, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2001 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2001), amendment thereto dated as of April 17, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(a) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2002) and amendment thereto dated as of February 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2007).
10.4
Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan, 2008 Restatement, effective January 1, 2008, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(c) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2009) and amendment thereto dated as of October 24, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(c) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2009) and amendment thereto dated as of December 27, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2011).
10.5
Supplemental Defined Benefit Pension Plan, effective as of January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2012).
10.6
Amended and Restated Salary Continuation (Disability) Plan for Officers, dated as of November 26, 1991 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991).
10.7
2015 Executive Officer Short-Term Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of CenturyLink's 2015 Proxy Statement on Form 14A (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 8, 2015).
10.8
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its directors as of February 24, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2016).

141


Exhibit
Number
Description
10.9
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its officers as of February 24, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2016).
10.10
Change of Control Agreement, effective January 1, 2011, by and between Glen F. Post, III and CenturyLink, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2011).
10.11
Form of Change of Control Agreement, effective January 1, 2011 between CenturyLink, Inc. and each of its other executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2011).
10.12
CenturyLink Executive Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 24, 2015.)
10.13
Amended and Restated CenturyLink, Inc. Bonus Life Insurance Plan for Executive Officers, dated as of April 3, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2008 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2008) and First Amendment thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of CenturyLink, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2010 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2010).
10.14
Certain Material Agreements and Plans of Embarq Corporation.
 
a.
Embarq Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by CenturyLink, Inc. (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2009).
 
b.
Form of 2007 Award Agreement for executive officers of Embarq Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Embarq Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32372) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2007).
 
c.
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Embarq Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32372) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2008).
 
d.
Embarq Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of Embarq Corporation's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-32372) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2009), amendment thereto dated as of December 27, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(o) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2011) and second amendment thereto as of dated as of November 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(k) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2012).
10.15
Certain Material Agreements and Plans of Qwest Communications International Inc. or Savvis, Inc.
 
a.
Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Annex A of Qwest Communications International Inc.'s Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2007).
 
b.
Forms of restricted stock, performance share and option agreements used under Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Qwest Communications International Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 24, 2005; Exhibit 10.2 of Qwest Communication International Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2006; Exhibit 10.2 of Qwest Communication International Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 2006; Exhibit 10.2 of Qwest Communication International Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2007; Exhibit 10.3 of Qwest Communication International Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2008; Exhibit 10.2 of Qwest Communication International Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2009; and Exhibit 10.2 of Qwest Communication International Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 15, 2011).

142


Exhibit
Number
Description
 
c.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors, as amended and restated, Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Qwest Communications International Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2005 and Exhibit 10.8 to Qwest Communication International Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2008) and Amendment No. 2011-1 to Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15(c) of CenturyLink, Inc.'s annual report for the year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 001-07784) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2012).
 
d.
Qwest Nonqualified Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Qwest Communications International Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 001-15577) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2010).
 
e.
SAVVIS, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of SAVVIS, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006 (File No. 000-29375) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2006), as amended by Amendment No. 1 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of SAVVIS, Inc.'s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 000-29375) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2007); Amendment No. 2 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of SAVVIS, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-29375) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2007); Amendment No. 3 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of SAVVIS, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 000-29375) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007; Amendment No. 4 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of SAVVIS, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (file No. 000-29375) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2009); and Amendment No. 5 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of SAVVIS, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-29375) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2009).
12*
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21*
Subsidiaries of CenturyLink, Inc.
23*
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent
31.1*
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of CenturyLink, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of CenturyLink, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32*
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of CenturyLink, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101*
Financial statements from the annual report on Form 10-K of CenturyLink, Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2016, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
*
Exhibit filed herewith.
_______________________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Certain of the items in Sections 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6 (i) omit supplemental indentures or other instruments governing debt that has been retired, or (ii) refer to trustees who may have been replaced, acquired or affected by similar changes. In accordance with Item 601(b) (4) (iii) (A) of Regulation S-K, copies of certain instruments defining the rights of holders of certain of our long-term debt are not filed herewith. Pursuant to this regulation, we hereby agree to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.

143


ITEM 16. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Not applicable.

144


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
CenturyLink, Inc.
Date: February 22, 2017
 
By:
 
/s/ David D. Cole
 
 
 
 
David D. Cole
 
 
 
 
Executive Vice President, Controller and Operations Support
(Chief Accounting Officer)
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this annual report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
/s/ Glen F. Post, III
 
Chief Executive Officer,
    President and Director
 
February 22, 2017
Glen F. Post, III
 
 
 
 
/s/ William A. Owens
 
Chairman of the Board
 
February 22, 2017
William A. Owens
 
 
 
 
/s/ Harvey P. Perry
 
Vice Chairman of the Board
 
February 22, 2017
Harvey P. Perry
 
 
 
 
/s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
    Officer and Assistant Secretary
 
February 22, 2017
R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
 
 
 
 
/s/ David D. Cole
 
Executive Vice President, Controller and
    Operations Support
 
February 22, 2017
David D. Cole
 
 
 
 
/s/ Martha H. Bejar
 
Director
 
February 22, 2017
Martha H. Bejar
 
 
 
 
/s/ Virginia Boulet
 
Director
 
February 22, 2017
Virginia Boulet
 
 
 
 
/s/ Peter C. Brown
 
Director
 
February 22, 2017
Peter C. Brown
 
 
 
 
/s/ W. Bruce Hanks
 
Director
 
February 22, 2017
W. Bruce Hanks
 
 
 
 
/s/ Mary L. Landrieu
 
Director
 
February 22, 2017
Mary L. Landrieu
 
 
 
 


145


/s/ Gregory J. McCray
 
Director
 
February 22, 2017
Gregory J. McCray
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael J. Roberts
 
Director
 
February 22, 2017
Michael J. Roberts
 
 
 
 
/s/ Laurie A. Siegel
 
Director
 
February 22, 2017
Laurie A. Siegel
 
 
 
 



146